1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 int *other_type_used);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
282 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
283 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
285 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
287 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
289 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
291 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
292 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
293 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
296 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
297 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
299 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
302 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
307 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
309 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
312 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
315 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
316 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
317 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
318 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
319 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
320 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
322 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
323 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
324 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
325 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
331 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
333 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
335 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
336 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
338 static char *dprintf_function = "";
340 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
341 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
342 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
343 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
344 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
345 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
346 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
348 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
350 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
352 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
354 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
355 breakpoints share a single command list. */
356 struct counted_command_line
358 /* The reference count. */
361 /* The command list. */
362 struct command_line *commands;
365 struct command_line *
366 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
368 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
371 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
372 current breakpoint. */
374 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
377 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
379 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
380 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
382 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
384 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
387 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
388 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
389 if such is available. */
390 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
393 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
394 struct cmd_list_element *c,
397 fprintf_filtered (file,
398 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
399 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
403 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
404 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
405 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
406 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
407 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
409 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
410 struct cmd_list_element *c,
413 fprintf_filtered (file,
414 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
415 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
419 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
420 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
421 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
422 use hardware breakpoints. */
423 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
425 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
426 struct cmd_list_element *c,
429 fprintf_filtered (file,
430 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
434 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
435 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
436 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
437 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
438 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
440 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
443 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
444 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
446 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
447 fprintf_filtered (file,
448 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
449 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
453 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
458 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
460 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
461 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
464 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
466 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
467 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
468 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
469 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
470 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
471 condition_evaluation_auto,
472 condition_evaluation_host,
473 condition_evaluation_target,
477 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
478 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
480 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
481 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
482 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
484 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
485 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
486 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
490 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
492 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
494 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
495 return condition_evaluation_target;
497 return condition_evaluation_host;
503 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
506 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
508 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
511 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
515 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
517 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
519 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
522 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
524 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
525 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
527 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
528 static int overlay_events_enabled;
530 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
531 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
533 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
535 current breakpoint. */
537 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
539 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
540 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
541 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
544 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
545 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
546 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
548 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
549 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
550 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
553 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
554 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
555 to where the loop should start from.
556 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
557 appropriate location to start with. */
559 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
560 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
561 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
563 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
564 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
567 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
569 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
570 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
571 if (is_tracepoint (B))
573 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
575 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
577 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
579 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
581 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
583 static unsigned bp_location_count;
585 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
586 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
587 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
588 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
589 an address you need to read. */
591 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
593 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
594 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
595 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
596 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
597 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
599 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
601 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
602 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
604 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
606 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
608 static int breakpoint_count;
610 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
611 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
612 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
613 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
614 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
616 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
618 static int tracepoint_count;
620 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
621 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
622 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
624 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
626 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
628 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
631 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
634 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
636 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
637 breakpoint_count = num;
638 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
641 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
642 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
643 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
645 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
649 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
654 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
658 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
660 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
663 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
666 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
668 struct breakpoint *b;
674 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
675 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
677 static struct counted_command_line *
678 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
680 struct counted_command_line *result
681 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
684 result->commands = commands;
688 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
691 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
697 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
698 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
699 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
702 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
706 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
708 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
715 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
718 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
720 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
723 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
726 static struct cleanup *
727 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
729 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
733 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
734 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
737 get_breakpoint (int num)
739 struct breakpoint *b;
742 if (b->number == num)
750 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
751 evaluating conditions on its side. */
754 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
756 struct bp_location *loc;
758 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
759 evaluating conditions and if the user has
760 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
762 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
763 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
766 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
769 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
770 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
773 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
774 evaluating conditions on its side. */
777 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
779 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
780 evaluating conditions and if the user has
781 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
783 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
784 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
788 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
791 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
794 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
795 condition_evaluation_mode. */
798 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
799 struct cmd_list_element *c)
801 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
803 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
804 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
806 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
807 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
808 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
812 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
813 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
815 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
816 settings was "auto". */
817 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
819 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
820 if (new_mode != old_mode)
822 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
823 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
824 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
826 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
827 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
830 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
832 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
834 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
835 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
839 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
840 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
841 target knows about. */
842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
843 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
844 loc->needs_update = 1;
848 update_global_location_list (1);
854 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
855 what "auto" is translating to. */
858 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
859 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
861 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
862 fprintf_filtered (file,
863 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
864 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
866 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
868 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
872 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
873 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
874 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
877 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
879 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
880 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
882 if (a->address == b->address)
885 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
888 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
889 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
890 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
893 static struct bp_location **
894 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
896 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
897 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
898 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
900 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
901 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
902 dummy_loc.address = address;
904 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
905 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
906 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
907 bp_location_compare_addrs);
909 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
910 if (locp_found == NULL)
913 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
914 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
915 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
916 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
923 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
926 xfree (b->cond_string);
927 b->cond_string = NULL;
929 if (is_watchpoint (b))
931 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
938 struct bp_location *loc;
940 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
945 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
946 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
947 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
954 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
960 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
961 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
962 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
963 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
965 if (is_watchpoint (b))
967 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
969 innermost_block = NULL;
971 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
973 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
974 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
978 struct bp_location *loc;
980 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
984 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
985 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
987 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
991 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
993 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
994 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
997 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
999 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1000 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
1004 text = skip_spaces (text);
1005 space = skip_to_space (text);
1009 struct breakpoint *b;
1010 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1014 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1015 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1017 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1020 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1021 len = strlen (text);
1025 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1026 struct bp_location *loc;
1029 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1034 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1036 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1039 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1040 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1049 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1050 text = skip_spaces (space);
1051 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1054 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1057 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1059 struct breakpoint *b;
1064 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1067 bnum = get_number (&p);
1069 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1072 if (b->number == bnum)
1074 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1075 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1076 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1077 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1079 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1080 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1081 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1082 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1084 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1085 update_global_location_list (1);
1090 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1093 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1094 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1095 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1098 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1100 struct command_line *c;
1102 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1106 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1107 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1108 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1110 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1111 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1113 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1114 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1115 command directly. */
1116 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1117 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1119 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1120 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1124 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1127 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1129 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1130 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1131 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1135 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1137 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1140 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1141 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1145 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1146 struct command_line *commands)
1148 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1150 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1151 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1152 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1153 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1154 struct command_line *c;
1155 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1156 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1158 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1160 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1163 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1164 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1165 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1168 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1169 "can be used only once"));
1176 struct command_line *c2;
1178 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1179 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1180 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1182 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1183 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1189 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1193 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1194 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1197 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1199 struct breakpoint *b;
1200 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1201 struct bp_location *loc;
1204 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1206 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1207 if (loc->address == addr)
1208 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1214 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1215 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1218 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1219 struct command_line *commands)
1221 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1223 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1224 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1225 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1226 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1229 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1230 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1234 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1236 int old_silent = b->silent;
1239 if (old_silent != silent)
1240 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1243 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1244 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1247 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1249 int old_thread = b->thread;
1252 if (old_thread != thread)
1253 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1256 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1257 breakpoint work for any task. */
1260 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1262 int old_task = b->task;
1265 if (old_task != task)
1266 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1270 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1272 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1274 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1277 /* A structure used to pass information through
1278 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1280 struct commands_info
1282 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1285 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1288 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1289 already-parsed command. */
1290 struct command_line *control;
1292 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1294 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1297 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1298 commands_command. */
1301 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1303 struct commands_info *info = data;
1305 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1307 struct command_line *l;
1309 if (info->control != NULL)
1310 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1313 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1316 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1317 "%s, one per line."),
1320 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1322 l = read_command_lines (str,
1325 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1328 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1331 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1334 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1336 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1338 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1339 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1340 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1341 b->commands = info->cmd;
1342 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1343 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1348 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1349 struct command_line *control)
1351 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1352 struct commands_info info;
1354 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1355 info.control = control;
1357 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1358 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1359 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1361 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1363 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1364 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1366 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1367 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1370 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1371 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1372 numbers will fail in this case. */
1377 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1379 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1382 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1386 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1388 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1389 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1391 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1395 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1397 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1400 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1401 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1403 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1404 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1405 enum command_control_type
1406 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1408 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1409 return simple_control;
1412 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1415 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1417 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1421 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1422 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1427 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1428 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1430 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1431 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1432 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1434 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1435 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1436 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1437 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1438 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1439 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1440 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1441 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1443 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1446 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1447 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1448 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1450 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1452 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1454 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1455 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1456 report higher one. */
1459 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1460 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1462 struct bp_location *bl;
1464 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1465 bl = bp_location[bc];
1467 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1468 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1469 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1470 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1472 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1473 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1474 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1476 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1478 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1485 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1486 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1487 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1488 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1489 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1492 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1494 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1495 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1496 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1499 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1504 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1506 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1507 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1511 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1512 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1513 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1516 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1519 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1520 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1521 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1524 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1526 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1527 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1530 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1532 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1533 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1535 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1540 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1541 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1545 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1546 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1548 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1550 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1554 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1556 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1557 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1560 if (readbuf != NULL)
1562 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1563 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1564 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1565 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1566 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1568 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1570 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1571 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1575 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1576 const unsigned char *bp;
1577 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1578 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1580 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1581 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1582 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1584 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1586 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1588 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1589 breakpoint's INSN. */
1590 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1596 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1600 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1610 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1612 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1613 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1614 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1617 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1621 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1623 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1624 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1627 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1628 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1629 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1630 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1631 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1632 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1633 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1634 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1637 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1639 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1640 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1641 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1642 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1645 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1646 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1649 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1651 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1653 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1655 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1656 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1657 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1658 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1659 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1661 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1664 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1665 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1666 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1667 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1669 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1671 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1672 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1675 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1676 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1677 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1678 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1679 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1680 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1681 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1682 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1684 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1685 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1686 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1687 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1688 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1689 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1690 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1691 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1694 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1695 hardware watchpoints:
1697 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1698 called several times when GDB stops.
1701 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1702 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1703 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1704 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1705 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1706 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1707 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1708 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1709 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1710 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1711 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1713 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1714 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1717 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1719 int within_current_scope;
1720 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1723 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1724 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1725 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1726 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1729 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1734 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1735 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1736 within_current_scope = 1;
1739 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1740 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1741 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1743 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1744 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1745 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1746 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1749 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1750 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1751 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1752 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1755 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1757 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1758 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1759 if (within_current_scope)
1763 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1764 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1765 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1768 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1777 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1778 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1779 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1780 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1781 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1782 be completely different objects. */
1783 value_free (b->val);
1787 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1788 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1789 locations (re)created below. */
1790 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1792 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1794 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1798 s = b->base.cond_string;
1799 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1803 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1804 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1805 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1806 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1807 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1808 if ( !target_has_execution)
1810 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1811 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1812 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1814 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1817 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1818 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1820 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1822 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1823 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1824 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1825 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1826 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1828 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1834 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1836 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1837 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1839 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1840 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1841 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1842 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1843 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1844 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1845 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1847 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1849 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1850 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1851 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1853 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1854 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1858 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1860 addr = value_address (v);
1862 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1864 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1867 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1868 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1871 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1873 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1874 loc->address = addr;
1875 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1876 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1881 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1882 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1883 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1888 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1889 struct bp_location *bl;
1891 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1895 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1898 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1899 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1900 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1902 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1903 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1904 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1905 this watchpoint in as well. */
1907 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1908 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1909 hardware watchpoint type. */
1910 type = b->base.type;
1911 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1912 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1914 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1915 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1916 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1917 through watch_command), so always account for it
1920 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1921 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1923 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1924 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1927 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1928 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1930 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1932 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1934 "hardware watchpoint."));
1935 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1936 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1937 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1939 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1940 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1944 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1945 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1946 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1948 b->base.type = type;
1951 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1952 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1953 "read/access watchpoint."));
1955 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1957 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1958 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1959 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1960 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1963 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1965 next = value_next (v);
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1976 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1977 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1978 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1979 base->loc->address = -1;
1980 base->loc->length = -1;
1981 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1984 else if (!within_current_scope)
1986 printf_filtered (_("\
1987 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1988 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1990 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1993 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1995 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1999 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2000 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2001 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2002 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2003 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2005 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2007 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2010 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2013 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2016 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2019 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2020 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2021 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2022 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2023 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2024 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2025 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2026 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2027 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2033 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2034 that the location is not duplicated. */
2037 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2040 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2043 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2044 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2048 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2049 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2050 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2051 any error during parsing. */
2053 static struct agent_expr *
2054 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2056 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2057 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2058 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2063 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2064 that may show up. */
2065 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2067 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2072 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2073 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2074 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2078 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2082 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2083 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2084 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2085 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2086 one of them is true. */
2089 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2091 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2092 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2093 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2094 struct bp_location *loc;
2096 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2097 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2098 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2100 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2101 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2104 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2105 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2106 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2107 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2108 response back to GDB. */
2109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2112 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2116 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2118 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2119 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2120 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2121 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2122 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2123 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2125 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2126 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2132 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2133 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2134 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2136 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2142 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2143 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2144 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2146 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2147 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2148 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2153 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2155 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2157 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2160 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2161 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2166 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2167 for this location's address. */
2168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2172 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2173 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2174 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2176 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2177 conditions to the target. */
2178 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2179 loc->cond_bytecode);
2185 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2186 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2187 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2189 static struct agent_expr *
2190 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2192 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2193 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2194 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2195 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2196 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2198 char *format_start, *format_end;
2199 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2201 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2208 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2210 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2212 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2213 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2215 format_start = cmdrest;
2217 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2219 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2221 format_end = cmdrest;
2223 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2224 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2226 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2228 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2229 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2231 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2233 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2235 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2237 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2238 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2241 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2246 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2247 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2249 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2253 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2254 that may show up. */
2255 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2257 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2258 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2259 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2264 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2265 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2266 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2270 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2272 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2276 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2277 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2278 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2281 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2283 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2284 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2285 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2286 struct bp_location *loc;
2288 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2289 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2290 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2293 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2296 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2297 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2298 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2299 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2300 response back to GDB. */
2301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2304 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2308 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2310 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2311 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2312 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2313 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2314 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2315 loc->owner->extra_string);
2316 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2322 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2323 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2324 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2326 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2332 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2334 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2336 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2339 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2340 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2342 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2344 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2347 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2348 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2353 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2354 for this location's address. */
2355 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2358 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2359 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2360 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2361 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2363 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2364 to send the commands to the target. */
2365 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2369 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2370 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2371 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2372 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2375 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2376 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2377 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2378 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2381 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2382 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2384 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2385 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2386 int *disabled_breaks,
2387 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2388 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2391 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2392 struct gdb_exception e;
2394 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2397 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2399 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2400 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2401 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2402 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2403 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2404 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2405 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2406 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2407 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2408 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2410 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2411 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2412 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2413 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2415 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2417 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2418 build_target_command_list (bl);
2419 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2420 bl->needs_update = 0;
2423 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2424 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2426 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2428 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2429 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2430 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2432 Two important cases are:
2433 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2434 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2435 hardware breakpoint.
2436 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2437 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2438 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2441 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2442 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2443 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2444 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2446 struct mem_region *mr
2447 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2451 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2453 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2455 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2456 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2458 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2460 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2462 static int said = 0;
2464 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2467 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2468 _("Note: automatically using "
2469 "hardware breakpoints for "
2470 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2475 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2476 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2477 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2478 "at readonly address %s"),
2479 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2483 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2484 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2485 || bl->section == NULL
2486 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2488 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2489 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2491 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2496 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2501 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2502 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2503 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2505 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2506 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2507 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2508 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2509 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2513 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2515 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2516 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2517 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2518 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2519 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2522 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2523 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2527 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2528 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2530 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2531 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2533 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2538 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2543 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2544 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2551 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2552 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2554 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2556 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2557 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2558 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2561 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2564 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2565 "library breakpoints:\n");
2567 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2568 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2569 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2573 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2575 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2576 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2579 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2580 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2581 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2586 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2588 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2589 "Error accessing memory address ");
2590 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2592 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2593 safe_strerror (val));
2604 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2605 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2606 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2607 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2609 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2610 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2612 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2614 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2615 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2616 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2618 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2620 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2621 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2623 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2625 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2626 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2630 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2631 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2638 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2639 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2642 /* Back to the original value. */
2643 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2647 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2650 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2652 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2653 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2655 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2658 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2662 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2663 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2665 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2668 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2670 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2671 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2672 so just return success. */
2679 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2680 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2684 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2686 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2687 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2689 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2690 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2692 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2693 delete_breakpoint (b);
2696 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2697 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2698 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2700 struct bp_location *tmp;
2702 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2704 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2705 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2706 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2708 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2709 if (tmp->next == loc)
2711 tmp->next = loc->next;
2717 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2718 removed locations above. */
2719 update_global_location_list (0);
2722 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2723 Throws exception on any error.
2724 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2725 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2727 insert_breakpoints (void)
2729 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2732 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2734 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2736 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2739 update_global_location_list (1);
2741 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2742 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2744 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2745 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2748 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2751 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2753 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2757 callback (loc, NULL);
2761 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2762 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2763 always-inserted mode. */
2766 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2768 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2771 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2772 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2773 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2775 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2776 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2778 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2779 there was an error. */
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2782 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2786 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2788 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2791 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2792 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2793 deletion of breakpoints. */
2794 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2797 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2799 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2800 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2801 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2802 insert breakpoints. */
2803 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2804 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2807 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2808 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2815 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2816 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2819 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2822 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2825 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2827 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2828 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2831 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2832 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2833 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2835 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2836 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2838 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2839 there was an error. */
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2842 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2844 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2846 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2849 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2850 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2851 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2852 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2853 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2856 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2858 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2859 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2860 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2861 insert breakpoints. */
2862 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2863 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2866 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2867 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2872 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2873 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2876 int some_failed = 0;
2877 struct bp_location *loc;
2879 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2882 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2885 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2888 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2889 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2896 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2898 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2900 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2901 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2902 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2910 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2911 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2912 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2914 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2915 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2916 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2918 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2922 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2925 /* Used when the program stops.
2926 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2927 removing a breakpoint location. */
2930 remove_breakpoints (void)
2932 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2937 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2938 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2943 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2946 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2948 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2950 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2952 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2954 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2957 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2962 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2971 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2973 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2974 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2976 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2977 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2978 struct inferior *inf;
2979 struct thread_info *tp;
2981 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2985 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2986 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2988 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2990 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2991 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2993 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2995 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3001 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3009 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3013 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3015 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3016 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3017 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3018 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3019 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3020 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3022 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3025 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3028 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3029 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3033 static struct breakpoint *
3034 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3035 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3036 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3038 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3039 struct breakpoint *b;
3041 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3044 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3045 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3047 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3048 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3049 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3054 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3056 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3058 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3060 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3061 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3063 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3064 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3066 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3069 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3070 int longjmp_searched;
3072 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3073 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3075 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3076 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3078 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3079 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3081 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3082 int exception_searched;
3084 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3085 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3088 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3090 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3091 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3093 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3096 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3098 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3101 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3102 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3104 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3105 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3107 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3109 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3110 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3112 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3113 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3115 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3116 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3118 return bp_objfile_data;
3122 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3124 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3126 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3127 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3131 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3133 struct objfile *objfile;
3134 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3136 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3138 struct breakpoint *b;
3139 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3142 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3144 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3147 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3149 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3151 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3154 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3155 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3158 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3161 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3162 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3164 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3165 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3167 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3169 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3170 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3174 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3175 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3178 update_global_location_list (1);
3182 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3184 struct program_space *pspace;
3185 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3187 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3189 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3191 struct objfile *objfile;
3193 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3195 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3198 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3201 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3202 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3205 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3207 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3209 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3210 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3211 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3214 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3217 struct probe *probe;
3218 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3221 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3222 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3226 struct breakpoint *b;
3228 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3230 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3231 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3232 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3238 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3240 struct breakpoint *b;
3241 const char *func_name;
3244 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3247 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3248 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3250 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3252 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3255 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3256 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3259 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3262 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3263 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3264 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3265 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3266 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3270 update_global_location_list (1);
3272 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3275 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3277 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3279 struct program_space *pspace;
3280 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3281 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3283 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3285 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3287 struct objfile *objfile;
3290 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3292 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3294 struct breakpoint *b;
3295 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3297 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3299 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3302 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3304 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3306 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3307 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3308 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3310 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3311 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3314 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3317 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3318 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3319 bp_std_terminate_master,
3320 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3321 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3322 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3326 update_global_location_list (1);
3328 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3331 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3334 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3336 struct objfile *objfile;
3337 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3339 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3341 struct breakpoint *b;
3342 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3346 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3348 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3349 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3351 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3352 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3353 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3356 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3358 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3360 struct probe *probe;
3363 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3364 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3368 struct breakpoint *b;
3370 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3371 bp_exception_master,
3372 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3373 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3374 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3380 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3382 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3385 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3387 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3389 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3391 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3392 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3394 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3398 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3401 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3402 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3404 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3405 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3406 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3407 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3410 update_global_location_list (1);
3414 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3416 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3417 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3419 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3420 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3421 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3422 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3423 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3424 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3425 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3426 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3428 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3429 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3433 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3436 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3439 delete_breakpoint (b);
3443 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3444 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3446 delete_breakpoint (b);
3450 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3451 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3452 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3453 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3454 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3456 delete_breakpoint (b);
3460 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3461 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3463 delete_breakpoint (b);
3467 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3469 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3470 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3471 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3473 delete_breakpoint (b);
3477 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3479 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3480 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3481 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3482 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3486 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3487 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3488 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3489 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3490 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3491 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3493 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3494 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3495 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3496 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3497 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3498 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3499 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3501 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3502 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3503 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3504 let finish_command delete it.
3506 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3507 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3508 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3509 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3510 solib breakpoints.) */
3512 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3517 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3518 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3520 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3522 delete_breakpoint (b);
3526 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3527 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3528 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3529 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3530 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3534 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3536 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3538 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3539 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3541 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3542 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3544 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3545 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3546 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3548 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3552 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3555 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3556 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3558 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3562 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3563 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3564 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3565 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3566 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3569 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3573 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3576 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3577 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3580 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3581 This should not ever happen. */
3582 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3584 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3585 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3587 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3588 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3589 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3591 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3592 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3593 || bl->section == NULL
3594 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3596 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3597 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3601 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3602 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3603 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3605 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3606 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3608 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3609 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3611 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3612 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3614 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3615 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3617 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3618 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3621 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3622 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3623 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3624 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3626 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3627 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3628 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3629 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3630 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3631 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3637 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3642 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3643 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3644 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3645 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3650 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3652 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3654 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3655 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3657 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3658 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3660 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3661 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3662 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3665 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3666 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3669 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3670 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3672 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3676 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3683 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3686 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3688 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3691 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3692 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3695 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3696 This should not ever happen. */
3697 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3699 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3701 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3703 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3705 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3709 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3712 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3714 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3717 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3721 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3722 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3724 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3727 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3728 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3729 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3734 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3736 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3737 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3739 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3741 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3743 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3748 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3749 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3750 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3756 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3762 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3764 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3765 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3768 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3770 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3772 case bp_shlib_event:
3774 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3775 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3776 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3777 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3778 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3780 (gdb) file prog-linux
3781 (gdb) run # native linux target
3784 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3785 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3788 case bp_step_resume:
3790 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3792 delete_breakpoint (b);
3796 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3797 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3798 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3800 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3802 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3803 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3804 delete_breakpoint (b);
3805 else if (context == inf_starting)
3807 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3808 insert_breakpoints. */
3810 value_free (w->val);
3821 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3822 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3823 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3824 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3827 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3828 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3829 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3830 match, not program space. */
3832 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3833 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3834 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3835 permanent breakpoint.
3836 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3837 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3838 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3839 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3840 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3842 enum breakpoint_here
3843 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3845 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3846 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3848 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3850 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3851 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3854 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3855 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3856 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3857 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3859 if (overlay_debugging
3860 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3861 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3862 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3863 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3864 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3866 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3870 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3873 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3876 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3878 struct bp_location *loc;
3881 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3882 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3888 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3889 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3890 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3891 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3894 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3901 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3902 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3906 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3908 if (overlay_debugging
3909 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3910 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3919 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3920 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3923 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3925 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3928 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3934 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3938 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3945 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3949 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3952 if (overlay_debugging
3953 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3954 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3955 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3961 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3962 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3969 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3970 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3972 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3976 struct bp_location *loc;
3978 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3979 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3985 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3986 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3990 /* Check for intersection. */
3991 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3992 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4000 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4001 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4004 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4007 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4008 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4012 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4014 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4015 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4018 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4019 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4020 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4023 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4026 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4028 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4029 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4030 it is now time to do so. */
4032 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4033 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4037 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4039 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4040 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4041 it is now time to do so. */
4043 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4044 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4048 if (overlay_debugging
4049 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4050 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4051 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4060 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4064 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4066 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4069 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4073 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4075 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4076 value_free (bs->old_val);
4077 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4078 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4082 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4083 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4086 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4103 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4104 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4107 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4111 bpstat retval = NULL;
4116 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4118 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4119 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4120 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4121 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4122 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4124 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4125 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4129 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4139 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4142 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4147 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4149 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4155 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4156 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4157 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4158 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4160 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4161 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4163 Return 1 otherwise. */
4166 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4168 struct breakpoint *b;
4171 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4173 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4174 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4175 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4176 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4177 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4179 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4181 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4185 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4188 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4190 struct thread_info *tp;
4193 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4196 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4200 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4202 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4204 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4206 value_free (bs->old_val);
4212 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4215 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4217 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4219 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4221 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4222 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4223 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4224 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4225 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4229 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4232 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4235 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4237 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4240 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4241 or its equivalent. */
4244 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4246 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4247 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4250 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4251 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4252 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4253 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4255 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4256 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4257 bpstat of the current thread. */
4260 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4263 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4266 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4268 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4271 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4272 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4274 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4276 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4279 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4280 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4282 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4283 struct command_line *cmd;
4284 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4286 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4288 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4289 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4290 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4291 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4292 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4293 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4294 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4295 the tree when we're done. */
4296 ccmd = bs->commands;
4297 bs->commands = NULL;
4298 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4299 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4300 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4302 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4308 execute_control_command (cmd);
4310 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4316 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4317 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4319 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4321 if (target_can_async_p ())
4322 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4323 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4324 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4327 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4328 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4329 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4330 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4331 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4332 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4333 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4334 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4335 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4336 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4337 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4338 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4339 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4344 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4349 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4351 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4353 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4354 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4355 && target_has_execution
4356 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4357 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4358 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4359 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4360 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4361 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4362 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4365 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4368 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4371 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4374 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4377 struct value_print_options opts;
4378 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4379 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4383 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4384 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4385 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4386 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4389 static enum print_stop_action
4390 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4392 switch (bs->print_it)
4395 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4396 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4400 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4401 relevant messages. */
4402 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4405 case print_it_normal:
4407 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4409 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4410 which has since been deleted. */
4412 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4414 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4415 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4420 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4421 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4426 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4429 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4432 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4434 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4438 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4439 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4440 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4442 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4443 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4444 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4448 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4449 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4453 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4458 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4461 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4466 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4467 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4468 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4471 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4476 struct so_list *iter;
4478 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4480 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4481 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4484 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4489 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4490 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4491 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4494 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4498 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4499 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4500 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4501 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4502 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4503 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4504 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4507 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4508 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4509 code to print the location. An example is
4510 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4512 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4513 to also print the location part of the message.
4514 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4515 don't require a location appended to the end.
4516 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4517 further info to be printed. */
4519 enum print_stop_action
4520 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4524 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4525 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4526 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4527 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4528 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4530 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4531 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4532 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4533 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4537 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4538 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4539 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4540 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4542 print_solib_event (0);
4543 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4546 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4547 with and nothing was printed. */
4548 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4551 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4552 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4553 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4554 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4557 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4559 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4560 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4562 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4566 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4569 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4573 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4575 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4576 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4577 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4578 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4579 incref_bp_location (bl);
4580 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4581 bs->commands = NULL;
4583 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4587 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4588 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4591 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4593 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4595 struct breakpoint *b;
4597 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4599 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4600 as not triggered. */
4602 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4604 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4606 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4612 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4614 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4615 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4619 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4621 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4624 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4627 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4628 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4634 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4635 struct bp_location *loc;
4637 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4638 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4640 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4642 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4643 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4645 if (newaddr == start)
4647 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4651 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4652 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4656 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4665 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4666 because of check_errors). */
4667 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4668 #define WP_DELETED 1
4669 /* The value has changed. */
4670 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4671 /* The value has not changed. */
4672 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4673 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4676 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4677 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4679 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4682 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4683 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4686 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4688 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4689 struct watchpoint *b;
4690 struct frame_info *fr;
4691 int within_current_scope;
4693 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4694 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4695 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4697 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4698 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4699 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4700 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4703 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4704 within_current_scope = 1;
4707 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4708 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4709 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4711 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4712 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4713 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4714 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4715 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4716 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4717 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4718 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4719 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4720 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4723 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4724 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4726 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4727 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4728 if (within_current_scope)
4730 struct symbol *function;
4732 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4733 if (function == NULL
4734 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4735 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4736 within_current_scope = 0;
4739 if (within_current_scope)
4740 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4741 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4746 if (within_current_scope)
4748 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4749 time before we return to the command level and call
4750 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4751 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4755 struct value *new_val;
4757 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4758 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4759 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4760 a mask watchpoint. */
4761 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4763 mark = value_mark ();
4764 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4766 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4767 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4768 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4769 not what we want. */
4770 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4771 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4773 if (new_val != NULL)
4775 release_value (new_val);
4776 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4778 bs->old_val = b->val;
4781 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4785 /* Nothing changed. */
4786 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4787 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4792 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4794 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4795 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4796 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4797 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4798 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4799 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4800 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4801 the first value assigned). */
4802 /* We print all the stop information in
4803 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4804 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4805 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4807 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4809 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4810 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4811 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4813 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4814 which its expression is valid.\n");
4816 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4817 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4818 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4824 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4825 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4826 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4829 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4830 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4831 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4833 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4835 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4836 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4838 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4841 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4842 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4845 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4847 const struct bp_location *bl;
4848 struct watchpoint *b;
4850 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4851 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4852 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4853 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4854 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4857 int must_check_value = 0;
4859 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4860 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4862 must_check_value = 1;
4863 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4864 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4865 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4867 must_check_value = 1;
4868 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4869 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4870 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4871 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4872 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4873 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4874 must_check_value = 1;
4876 if (must_check_value)
4879 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4881 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4882 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4884 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4888 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4889 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4893 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4896 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4897 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4899 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4901 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4902 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4903 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4904 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4905 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4906 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4907 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4910 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4911 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4914 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4915 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4916 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4917 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4919 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4920 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4921 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4924 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4925 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4926 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4927 changes. This still gives false positives when
4928 the program writes the same value to memory as
4929 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4930 it for a read), but it's much better than
4933 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4935 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4937 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4940 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4941 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4943 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4944 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4946 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4947 == watch_triggered_yes)
4949 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4955 if (other_write_watchpoint
4956 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4958 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4959 and the value changed since the last time we
4960 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4962 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4967 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4968 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4969 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4971 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4972 the value hasn't changed. */
4973 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4981 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4982 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4985 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4989 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4991 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4992 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4993 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4994 anything for this watchpoint. */
4995 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5002 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5003 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5004 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5007 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5009 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5010 const struct bp_location *bl;
5011 struct breakpoint *b;
5013 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5014 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5015 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5016 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5017 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5019 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5020 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5021 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5023 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5024 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5028 int value_is_zero = 0;
5029 struct expression *cond;
5031 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5032 method implemented. */
5033 if (b->py_bp_object)
5034 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5036 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5038 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5045 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5047 int within_current_scope = 1;
5048 struct watchpoint * w;
5050 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5051 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5052 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5053 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5055 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5057 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5058 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5062 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5063 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5064 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5065 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5066 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5068 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5069 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5072 struct frame_info *frame;
5074 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5075 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5076 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5077 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5078 really matter which instantiation of the function
5079 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5080 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5081 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5082 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5083 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5084 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5085 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5086 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5088 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5090 select_frame (frame);
5092 within_current_scope = 0;
5094 if (within_current_scope)
5096 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5097 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5101 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5102 "in the current scope"));
5103 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5104 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5107 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5108 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5111 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5115 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5119 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5122 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5124 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5126 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5132 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5133 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5135 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5136 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5139 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5141 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5143 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5144 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5145 several reasons concurrently.)
5147 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5148 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5151 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5152 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5153 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5155 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5156 struct bp_location *bl;
5157 struct bp_location *loc;
5158 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5159 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5160 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5163 int need_remove_insert;
5166 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5167 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5168 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5169 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5170 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5171 inferior function calls. */
5175 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5178 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5180 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5181 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5182 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5183 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5184 checked all locations already. */
5185 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5188 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5191 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5194 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5197 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5200 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5201 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5202 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5206 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5207 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5208 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5210 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5212 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5214 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5219 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5221 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5223 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5224 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5227 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5231 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5232 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5233 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5235 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5237 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5239 handle_solib_event ();
5244 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5245 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5246 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5250 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5255 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5256 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5259 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5264 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5266 /* We will stop here. */
5267 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5269 --(b->enable_count);
5270 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5271 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5272 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5277 bs->commands = b->commands;
5278 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5279 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5280 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5286 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5288 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5289 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5292 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5293 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5294 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5296 need_remove_insert = 0;
5297 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5298 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5300 && bs->breakpoint_at
5301 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5303 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5305 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5306 need_remove_insert = 1;
5309 if (need_remove_insert)
5310 update_global_location_list (1);
5311 else if (removed_any)
5312 update_global_location_list (0);
5318 handle_jit_event (void)
5320 struct frame_info *frame;
5321 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5323 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5324 breakpoint_re_set. */
5325 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5327 frame = get_current_frame ();
5328 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5330 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5332 target_terminal_inferior ();
5335 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5338 handle_solib_event (void)
5340 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5342 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5343 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5344 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5345 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5347 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5349 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5351 target_terminal_inferior ();
5354 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5356 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5359 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5361 struct bpstat_what retval;
5365 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5366 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5367 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5369 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5371 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5372 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5373 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5376 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5378 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5379 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5383 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5390 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5393 case bp_shlib_event:
5397 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5399 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5402 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5405 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5406 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5407 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5417 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5418 This requires no further action. */
5422 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5424 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5425 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5427 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5428 case bp_exception_resume:
5429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5430 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5432 case bp_step_resume:
5434 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5437 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5438 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5441 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5446 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5447 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5450 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5451 case bp_thread_event:
5452 case bp_overlay_event:
5453 case bp_longjmp_master:
5454 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5455 case bp_exception_master:
5456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5462 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5468 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5469 This requires no further action. */
5474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5477 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5478 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5479 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5482 case bp_std_terminate:
5483 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5484 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5485 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5486 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5489 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5490 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5491 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5492 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5494 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5495 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5497 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5498 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5501 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5502 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5503 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5508 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5512 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5513 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5516 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5519 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5520 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5525 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5527 handle_jit_event ();
5530 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5532 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5538 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5539 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5541 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5542 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5550 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5551 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5552 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5555 bpstat_should_step (void)
5557 struct breakpoint *b;
5560 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5566 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5568 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5577 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5578 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5579 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5582 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5584 static char wrap_indent[80];
5585 int i, total_width, width, align;
5589 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5591 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5593 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5594 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5595 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5600 total_width += width + 1;
5606 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5607 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5609 "host": Host evals condition.
5610 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5611 "target": Target evals condition.
5615 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5617 struct bp_location *bl;
5618 char host_evals = 0;
5619 char target_evals = 0;
5624 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5627 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5628 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5629 return condition_evaluation_host;
5631 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5633 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5639 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5640 return condition_evaluation_both;
5641 else if (target_evals)
5642 return condition_evaluation_target;
5644 return condition_evaluation_host;
5647 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5648 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5651 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5653 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5656 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5657 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5658 return condition_evaluation_host;
5660 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5661 return condition_evaluation_target;
5663 return condition_evaluation_host;
5666 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5669 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5670 struct bp_location *loc)
5672 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5673 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5675 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5679 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5681 if (b->display_canonical)
5682 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5683 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5686 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5689 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5690 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5691 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5692 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5693 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5694 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5697 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5701 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5702 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5707 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5711 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5712 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5714 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5716 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5718 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5723 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5724 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5725 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5727 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5729 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5730 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5733 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5737 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5739 struct ep_type_description
5744 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5746 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5747 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5748 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5749 {bp_until, "until"},
5750 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5751 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5752 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5753 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5754 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5755 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5756 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5757 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5758 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5759 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5760 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5761 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5763 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5764 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5765 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5766 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5767 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5769 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5770 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5771 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5772 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5773 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5774 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5775 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5776 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5777 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5778 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5781 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5782 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5783 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5784 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5787 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5790 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5793 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5794 struct bp_location *loc,
5796 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5799 struct command_line *l;
5800 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5802 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5803 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5804 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5805 struct value_print_options opts;
5807 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5809 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5810 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5811 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5814 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5815 header_of_multiple = 1;
5823 if (part_of_multiple)
5826 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5827 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5832 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5837 if (part_of_multiple)
5838 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5840 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5844 if (part_of_multiple)
5845 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5852 if (part_of_multiple)
5853 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5855 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5856 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5857 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5861 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5863 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5864 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5865 make sure there's just one location. */
5866 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5867 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5873 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5874 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5878 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5879 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5880 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5882 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5884 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5885 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5886 is relatively readable). */
5887 if (opts.addressprint)
5888 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5890 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5895 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5899 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5900 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5902 case bp_exception_resume:
5903 case bp_step_resume:
5904 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5905 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5907 case bp_std_terminate:
5908 case bp_shlib_event:
5909 case bp_thread_event:
5910 case bp_overlay_event:
5911 case bp_longjmp_master:
5912 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5913 case bp_exception_master:
5915 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5916 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5919 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5920 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5921 if (opts.addressprint)
5924 if (header_of_multiple)
5925 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5926 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5929 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5930 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5933 if (!header_of_multiple)
5934 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5941 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5944 && !header_of_multiple
5946 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5947 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5948 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5949 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5950 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5951 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5953 struct inferior *inf;
5956 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5958 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5963 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5966 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5967 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5972 if (!part_of_multiple)
5974 if (b->thread != -1)
5976 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5977 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5978 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5979 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5981 else if (b->task != 0)
5983 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5984 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5988 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5990 if (!part_of_multiple)
5991 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5993 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5997 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5999 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6000 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6004 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6007 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6010 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6013 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6014 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6015 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6016 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6017 == condition_evaluation_target)
6019 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6020 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6021 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6022 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6027 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6029 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6031 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6035 if (!part_of_multiple)
6039 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6040 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6041 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6042 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6043 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6045 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6046 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6047 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6048 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6049 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6051 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6055 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6061 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6065 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6066 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6069 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6070 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6071 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6072 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6076 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6077 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6078 if (b->ignore_count)
6079 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6086 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6088 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6090 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6098 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6099 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6101 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6104 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6105 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6106 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6109 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6111 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6113 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6115 annotate_field (10);
6116 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6117 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6118 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6121 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6123 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6125 annotate_field (11);
6127 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6128 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6129 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6135 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6141 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6143 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6145 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6147 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6149 else if (b->addr_string)
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6155 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6156 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6159 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6160 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6162 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6164 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6165 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6167 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6168 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6169 locations, if any. */
6170 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6172 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6173 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6174 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6177 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6178 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6180 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6181 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6183 struct bp_location *loc;
6186 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6188 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6189 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6190 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6191 do_cleanups (inner2);
6198 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6200 int print_address_bits = 0;
6201 struct bp_location *loc;
6203 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6207 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6208 an address to print. */
6209 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6212 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6213 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6214 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6217 return print_address_bits;
6220 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6226 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6228 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6229 struct breakpoint *b;
6230 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6234 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6236 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6244 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6245 char **error_message)
6247 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6250 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6252 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6253 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6259 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6260 internal or momentary. */
6263 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6265 return b->number > 0;
6268 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6269 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6270 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6271 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6272 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6273 breakpoints listed. */
6276 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6277 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6279 struct breakpoint *b;
6280 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6281 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6282 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6283 struct value_print_options opts;
6284 int print_address_bits = 0;
6285 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6286 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6288 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6290 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6291 required for address fields. */
6292 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6295 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6296 if (filter && !filter (b))
6299 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6300 accept. Skip the others. */
6301 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6303 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6305 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6309 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6311 int addr_bit, type_len;
6313 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6314 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6315 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6317 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6318 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6319 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6321 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6325 if (opts.addressprint)
6327 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6328 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6332 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6333 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6336 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6337 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6338 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6340 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6341 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6343 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6344 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6345 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6347 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6348 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6350 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6351 if (opts.addressprint)
6353 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6355 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6356 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6357 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6359 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6360 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6362 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6364 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6365 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6366 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6367 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6372 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6373 if (filter && !filter (b))
6376 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6377 accept. Skip the others. */
6379 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6381 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6383 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6386 else /* all others */
6388 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6392 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6394 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6395 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6398 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6400 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6402 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6406 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6407 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6409 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6410 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6416 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6417 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6420 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6421 there have been breakpoints? */
6422 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6424 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6427 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6428 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6431 default_collect_info (void)
6433 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6435 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6436 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6438 if (!*default_collect)
6441 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6443 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6444 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6445 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6449 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6451 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6453 default_collect_info ();
6457 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6459 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6460 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6462 if (num_printed == 0)
6464 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6465 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6467 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6472 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6474 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6476 default_collect_info ();
6480 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6481 struct program_space *pspace,
6482 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6484 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6486 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6488 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6489 && bl->address == pc
6490 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6496 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6497 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6501 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6502 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6503 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6506 struct breakpoint *b;
6509 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6510 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6514 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6515 else /* if (others == ???) */
6516 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6518 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6521 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6522 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6523 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6524 else if (b->thread != -1)
6525 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6526 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6527 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6528 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6530 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6534 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6536 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6537 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6538 printf_filtered (".\n");
6543 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6544 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6545 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6546 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6548 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6549 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6550 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6551 breakpoint at address zero:
6559 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6561 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6563 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6566 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6567 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6570 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6571 struct bp_location *loc2)
6573 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6574 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6576 /* Both of them must exist. */
6577 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6578 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6580 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6581 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6582 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6583 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6584 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6585 other watchpoint. */
6587 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6589 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6592 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6594 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6598 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6599 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6600 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6601 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6602 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6603 become hw_access locations later. */
6604 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6605 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6606 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6607 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6610 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6611 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6612 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6613 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6616 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6617 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6619 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6620 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6624 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6625 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6626 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6627 space doesn't really matter. */
6630 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6631 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6634 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6635 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6636 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6639 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6640 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6641 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6642 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6645 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6646 struct address_space *aspace,
6649 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6652 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6653 bl->address, bl->length,
6657 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6658 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6659 true, otherwise returns false. */
6662 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6663 struct bp_location *loc2)
6665 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6666 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6667 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6668 different locations. */
6669 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6674 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6675 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6676 represent the same location. */
6679 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6680 struct bp_location *loc2)
6682 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6684 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6685 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6686 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6688 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6689 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6691 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6694 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6695 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6696 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6698 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6699 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6700 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6701 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6705 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6706 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6708 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6709 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6713 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6714 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6716 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6717 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6719 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6722 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6723 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6724 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6725 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6728 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6729 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6731 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6733 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6736 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6737 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6738 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6739 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6740 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6742 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6743 have their addresses modified. */
6748 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6750 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6751 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6752 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6754 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6755 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6757 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6758 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6760 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6765 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6766 struct breakpoint *owner)
6768 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6770 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6775 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6776 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6779 switch (owner->type)
6785 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6786 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6788 case bp_exception_resume:
6789 case bp_step_resume:
6790 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6791 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6793 case bp_std_terminate:
6794 case bp_shlib_event:
6795 case bp_thread_event:
6796 case bp_overlay_event:
6798 case bp_longjmp_master:
6799 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6800 case bp_exception_master:
6801 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6802 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6804 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6805 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6807 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6808 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6809 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6811 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6812 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6813 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6814 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6819 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6820 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6821 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6824 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6830 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6832 static struct bp_location *
6833 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6835 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6839 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6841 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6845 /* Increment reference count. */
6848 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6853 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6854 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6857 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6859 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6861 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6862 free_bp_location (*blp);
6866 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6869 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6871 struct breakpoint *b1;
6873 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6874 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6876 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6878 breakpoint_chain = b;
6887 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6890 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6891 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6893 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6895 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6897 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6901 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6902 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6903 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6905 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6908 b->ignore_count = 0;
6910 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6911 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6912 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6913 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6916 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6917 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6919 static struct breakpoint *
6920 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6922 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6924 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6926 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6927 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6931 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6932 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6936 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6938 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6940 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6941 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6942 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6945 const char *function_name;
6946 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6948 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6949 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6951 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6953 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6955 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6956 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6957 &loc->requested_address))
6959 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6960 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6961 loc->requested_address,
6964 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6965 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6967 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6968 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6969 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6970 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6972 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6977 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6981 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6983 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6986 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6988 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6993 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6994 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6995 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6997 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6998 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6999 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7002 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7003 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7004 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7006 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7008 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7010 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7011 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7013 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7014 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7016 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7017 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7019 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7022 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7023 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7024 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7025 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7026 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7027 is also returned as the value of this function.
7029 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7030 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7031 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7032 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7033 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7034 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7035 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7038 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7039 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7040 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7042 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7044 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7045 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7050 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7051 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7053 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7055 struct bp_location *bl;
7057 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7059 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7060 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7061 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7062 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7063 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7064 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7068 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7069 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7070 initiated the operation. */
7073 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7075 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7076 int thread = tp->num;
7078 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7079 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7080 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7081 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7083 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7084 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7085 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7087 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7088 struct breakpoint *clone;
7090 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7091 after their removal. */
7092 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7093 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7094 clone->thread = thread;
7097 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7100 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7102 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7104 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7107 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7109 if (b->thread == thread)
7110 delete_breakpoint (b);
7115 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7117 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7119 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7120 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7122 if (b->thread == thread)
7123 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7127 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7128 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7129 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7133 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7135 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7138 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7140 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7142 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7143 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7144 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7146 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7148 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7151 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7152 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7153 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7154 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7160 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7161 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7164 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7165 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7169 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7171 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7174 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7176 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7178 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7179 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7180 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7181 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7184 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7186 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7188 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7189 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7190 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7192 delete_breakpoint (b);
7197 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7199 struct breakpoint *b;
7202 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7204 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7205 update_global_location_list (1);
7206 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7211 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7213 struct breakpoint *b;
7216 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7218 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7219 update_global_location_list (0);
7220 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7224 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7225 master breakpoint. */
7227 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7232 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7233 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7235 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7236 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7240 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7242 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7244 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7246 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7247 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7248 delete_breakpoint (b);
7252 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7254 struct breakpoint *b;
7256 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7257 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7259 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7260 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7262 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7264 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7270 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7272 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7275 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7276 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7277 delete_breakpoint (b);
7280 struct lang_and_radix
7286 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7289 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7291 struct breakpoint *b;
7293 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7294 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7295 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7299 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7302 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7304 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7306 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7307 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7308 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7309 delete_breakpoint (b);
7313 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7315 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7317 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7318 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7319 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7320 delete_breakpoint (b);
7324 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7326 struct breakpoint *b;
7328 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7329 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7330 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7334 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7335 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7338 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7340 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7342 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7344 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7345 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7347 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7348 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7349 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7350 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7351 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7352 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7353 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7354 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7355 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7356 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7357 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7359 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7361 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7365 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7370 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7371 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7375 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7377 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7378 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7380 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7381 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7382 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7383 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7384 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7385 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7388 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7390 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7391 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7393 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7394 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7395 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7396 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7397 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7398 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7399 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7400 || is_tracepoint (b))
7401 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7403 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7404 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7405 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7406 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7409 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7410 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7412 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7414 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7415 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7416 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7419 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7424 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7426 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7427 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7428 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7429 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7430 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7432 struct fork_catchpoint
7434 /* The base class. */
7435 struct breakpoint base;
7437 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7438 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7439 catchpoint has triggered. */
7440 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7443 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7447 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7449 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7452 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7456 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7458 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7461 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7465 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7466 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7467 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7469 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7471 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7474 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7478 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7481 static enum print_stop_action
7482 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7485 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7486 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7488 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7489 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7490 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7492 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7493 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7496 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7497 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7499 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7500 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7501 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7502 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7503 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7506 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7510 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7512 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7513 struct value_print_options opts;
7514 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7516 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7518 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7519 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7521 if (opts.addressprint)
7522 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7524 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7525 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7527 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7528 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7529 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7530 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7533 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7534 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7537 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7541 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7543 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7546 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7550 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7552 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7553 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7556 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7558 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7560 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7564 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7566 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7569 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7573 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7575 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7578 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7582 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7583 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7584 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7586 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7588 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7591 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7595 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7598 static enum print_stop_action
7599 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7601 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7602 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7603 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7605 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7606 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7607 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7609 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7610 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7613 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7616 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7617 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7618 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7619 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7620 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7623 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7627 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7629 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7630 struct value_print_options opts;
7631 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7633 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7634 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7635 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7637 if (opts.addressprint)
7638 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7640 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7641 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7643 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7644 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7645 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7646 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7649 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7650 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7653 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7657 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7659 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7662 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7666 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7668 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7669 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7672 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7674 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7676 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7677 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7678 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7679 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7680 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7682 struct solib_catchpoint
7684 /* The base class. */
7685 struct breakpoint base;
7687 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7688 unsigned char is_load;
7690 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7691 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7697 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7699 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7702 regfree (&self->compiled);
7703 xfree (self->regex);
7705 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7709 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7715 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7721 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7722 struct address_space *aspace,
7724 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7726 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7727 struct breakpoint *other;
7729 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7734 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7736 if (other == bl->owner)
7739 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7742 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7745 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7747 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7756 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7758 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7759 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7764 struct so_list *iter;
7767 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7772 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7781 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7786 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7792 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7795 static enum print_stop_action
7796 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7798 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7799 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7801 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7802 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7803 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7805 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7806 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7807 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7808 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7809 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7810 print_solib_event (1);
7811 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7815 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7817 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7818 struct value_print_options opts;
7819 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7822 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7823 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7824 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7826 if (opts.addressprint)
7829 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7836 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7838 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7843 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7845 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7850 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7851 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7852 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7856 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7858 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7860 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7861 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7865 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7867 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7870 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7871 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7874 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7877 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7879 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7880 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7881 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7882 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7883 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7884 created in an enabled state. */
7887 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7889 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7890 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7891 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7895 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7897 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7898 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7904 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7907 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7909 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7910 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7912 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7915 c->is_load = is_load;
7916 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7917 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7919 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7921 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7922 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7925 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7929 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7930 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7933 const int enabled = 1;
7935 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7937 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7941 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7942 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7944 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7948 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7949 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7951 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7956 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7957 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7958 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7959 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7960 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7962 struct syscall_catchpoint
7964 /* The base class. */
7965 struct breakpoint base;
7967 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7968 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7969 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7970 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7971 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7974 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7978 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7980 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7982 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7984 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7987 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7989 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7991 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7992 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7993 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7995 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7996 int any_syscall_count;
7998 /* Count of each system call. */
7999 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8001 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8002 if any catching is necessary. */
8003 int total_syscalls_count;
8006 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8007 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8009 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8011 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8012 if (inf_data == NULL)
8014 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8015 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8022 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8028 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8032 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8034 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8035 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8036 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8037 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8039 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8040 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8041 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8047 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8052 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8054 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8055 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8056 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8058 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8059 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8060 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8062 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8063 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8065 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8066 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8070 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8071 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8072 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8074 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8076 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8079 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8083 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8085 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8086 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8087 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8088 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8090 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8091 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8092 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8098 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8102 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8103 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8105 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8106 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8110 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8111 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8112 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8114 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8116 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8119 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8123 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8124 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8125 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8127 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8128 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8129 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8130 int syscall_number = 0;
8131 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8132 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8134 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8135 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8138 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8140 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8141 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8146 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8148 if (syscall_number == iter)
8158 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8161 static enum print_stop_action
8162 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8164 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8165 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8166 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8167 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8168 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8169 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8171 struct target_waitstatus last;
8174 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8176 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8178 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8180 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8181 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8183 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8184 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8186 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8187 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8188 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8189 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8190 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8192 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8194 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8195 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8197 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8199 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8200 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8202 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8204 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8206 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8209 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8213 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8214 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8216 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8217 struct value_print_options opts;
8218 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8220 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8221 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8222 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8224 if (opts.addressprint)
8225 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8228 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8229 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8230 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8232 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8234 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8237 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8240 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8245 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8248 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8250 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8252 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8253 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8257 /* Remove the last comma. */
8258 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8259 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8262 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8263 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8265 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8266 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8269 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8273 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8275 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8277 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8281 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8282 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8284 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8287 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8291 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8294 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8296 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8298 printf_filtered (")");
8301 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8305 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8309 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8311 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8315 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8320 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8325 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8327 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8329 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8332 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8335 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8337 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8339 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8342 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8344 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8347 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8348 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8349 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8350 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8353 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8354 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8356 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8358 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8361 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8363 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8365 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8366 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8370 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8372 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8373 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8374 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8375 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8378 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8381 update_global_location_list (1);
8385 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8386 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8387 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8389 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8391 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8393 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8395 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8398 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8400 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8401 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8402 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8403 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8404 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8406 struct exec_catchpoint
8408 /* The base class. */
8409 struct breakpoint base;
8411 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8412 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8414 char *exec_pathname;
8417 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8421 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8423 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8425 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8427 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8431 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8433 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8437 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8439 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8443 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8444 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8445 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8447 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8449 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8452 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8456 static enum print_stop_action
8457 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8459 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8460 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8461 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8463 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8464 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8465 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8470 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8471 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8472 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8474 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8475 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8476 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8477 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8479 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8483 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8485 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8486 struct value_print_options opts;
8487 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8489 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8491 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8492 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8493 is relatively readable). */
8494 if (opts.addressprint)
8495 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8497 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8498 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8500 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8501 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8502 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8505 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8506 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8510 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8512 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8515 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8519 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8522 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8525 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8528 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8529 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8531 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8532 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8534 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8535 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8536 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8538 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8542 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8545 struct breakpoint *b;
8546 struct bp_location *bl;
8550 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8551 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8553 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8555 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8562 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8566 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8569 struct bp_location *bl;
8571 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8574 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8576 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8578 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8584 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8585 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8586 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8587 types _not_ TYPE. */
8590 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8591 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8594 struct breakpoint *b;
8596 *other_type_used = 0;
8601 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8604 if (b->type == type)
8605 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8606 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8607 *other_type_used = 1;
8614 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8616 struct breakpoint *b;
8620 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8622 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8623 update_global_location_list (0);
8629 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8631 struct breakpoint *b;
8635 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8637 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8638 update_global_location_list (1);
8644 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8646 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8647 update_global_location_list (0);
8651 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8653 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8654 breakpoint_re_set ();
8658 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8659 at address specified by SAL.
8660 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8663 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8664 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8666 struct breakpoint *b;
8668 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8670 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8672 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8673 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8674 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8675 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8677 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8678 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8680 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8681 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8683 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8688 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8689 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8692 static struct breakpoint *
8693 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8695 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8697 struct breakpoint *copy;
8699 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8700 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8701 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8703 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8704 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8705 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8706 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8707 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8708 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8710 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8711 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8713 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8714 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8715 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8716 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8718 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8719 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8720 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8722 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8726 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8730 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8732 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8736 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8740 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8743 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8745 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8747 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8748 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8750 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8754 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8757 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8759 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8760 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8762 printf_filtered ("\n");
8766 static struct bp_location *
8767 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8768 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8770 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8771 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8772 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8774 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8775 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8777 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8778 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8779 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8780 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8781 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8782 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8783 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8786 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8787 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8791 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8792 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8793 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8794 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8795 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8796 loc->section = sal->section;
8797 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8799 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8800 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8801 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8803 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8804 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8809 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8810 return 0 otherwise. */
8813 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8817 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8818 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8819 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8822 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8824 addr = loc->address;
8825 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8827 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8831 target_mem = alloca (len);
8833 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8834 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8835 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8836 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8838 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8839 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8841 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8842 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8845 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8850 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8851 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8854 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8856 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8857 char *printf_line = NULL;
8862 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8864 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8866 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8868 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8870 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8871 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8873 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8874 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8875 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8877 if (!dprintf_function)
8878 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8880 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8881 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8886 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8890 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8892 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8893 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8896 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8897 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8901 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8902 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8904 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8905 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8907 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8909 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8911 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8912 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8913 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8914 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8915 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8916 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8919 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8920 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8921 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8922 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8923 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8924 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8926 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8930 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8931 current style settings. */
8934 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8935 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8937 struct breakpoint *b;
8941 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8942 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8946 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8947 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8948 as condition expression. */
8951 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8952 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8953 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8955 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8956 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8957 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8958 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8959 int display_canonical)
8963 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8965 int target_resources_ok;
8967 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8968 target_resources_ok =
8969 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8971 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8972 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8973 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8974 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8977 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8979 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8981 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8982 struct bp_location *loc;
8986 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8988 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8990 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8991 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8996 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9000 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9001 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9002 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9003 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9004 b->disposition = disposition;
9006 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9007 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9009 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9011 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9012 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9014 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9016 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9017 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9018 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9022 p = skip_spaces (p);
9024 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9026 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9027 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9029 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9031 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9033 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9035 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9036 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9038 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9040 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9043 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9044 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9051 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9052 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9056 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9057 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9061 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9062 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9063 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9065 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9068 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9069 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9070 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9072 if (b->extra_string)
9073 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9075 error (_("Format string required"));
9077 else if (b->extra_string)
9078 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9081 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9083 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9085 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9088 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9093 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9094 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9095 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9097 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9098 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9099 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9100 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9101 int display_canonical)
9103 struct breakpoint *b;
9104 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9106 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9108 struct tracepoint *t;
9110 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9114 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9116 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9118 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9120 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9122 thread, task, ignore_count,
9124 enabled, internal, flags,
9126 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9128 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9131 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9132 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9133 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9134 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9135 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9136 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9137 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9138 we take just a single condition string.
9140 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9141 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9142 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9143 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9144 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9147 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9148 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9149 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9150 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9151 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9152 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9153 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9156 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9158 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9159 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9161 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9163 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9164 'break', without arguments. */
9165 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9166 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9168 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9169 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9171 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9172 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9175 cond_string, extra_string,
9177 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9178 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9179 canonical->special_display);
9180 discard_cleanups (inner);
9184 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9185 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9186 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9187 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9189 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9190 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9193 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9194 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9196 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9198 if ((*address) == NULL
9199 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9201 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9203 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9205 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9206 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9209 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9210 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9211 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9213 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9214 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9215 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9216 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9217 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9218 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9220 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9222 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9223 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9224 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9225 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9226 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9228 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9230 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9231 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9232 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9234 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9237 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9241 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9243 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9244 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9245 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9246 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9248 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9249 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9250 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9252 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9253 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9254 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9255 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9256 get_last_displayed_line (),
9257 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9259 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9260 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9265 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9266 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9269 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9273 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9274 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9277 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9278 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9279 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9280 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9281 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9285 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9286 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9289 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9291 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9293 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9295 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9297 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9299 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9300 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9301 associated with SAL. */
9304 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9306 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9309 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9310 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9312 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9316 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9318 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9319 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9321 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9324 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9325 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9326 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9327 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9328 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9329 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9332 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9333 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9336 *cond_string = NULL;
9345 char *cond_start = NULL;
9346 char *cond_end = NULL;
9348 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9350 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9352 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9356 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9358 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9360 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9362 struct expression *expr;
9364 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9365 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9368 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9370 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9376 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9378 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9379 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9380 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9382 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9388 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9390 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9391 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9392 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9396 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9400 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9404 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9406 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9407 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9409 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9410 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9411 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9412 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9417 p = skip_spaces (p);
9419 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9421 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9422 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9424 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9425 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9426 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9428 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9429 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9431 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9433 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9435 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9437 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9439 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9440 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9442 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9445 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9451 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9452 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9453 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9454 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9455 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9456 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9457 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9458 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9459 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9463 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9464 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9465 int thread, char *extra_string,
9466 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9467 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9469 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9470 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9471 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9474 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9475 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9476 char *addr_start = arg;
9477 struct linespec_result canonical;
9478 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9479 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9482 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9484 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9486 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9488 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9490 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9491 addr_start, ©_arg);
9494 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9498 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9504 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9506 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9509 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9510 throw_exception (e);
9512 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9514 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9515 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9516 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9517 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9518 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9521 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9522 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9523 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9524 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9526 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9528 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9529 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9530 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9531 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9532 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9534 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9538 throw_exception (e);
9542 throw_exception (e);
9545 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9546 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9548 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9549 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9550 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9551 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9552 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9554 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9555 are ok for the target. */
9559 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9561 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9562 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9565 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9566 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9569 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9571 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9572 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9575 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9576 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9580 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9582 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9584 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9587 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9588 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9589 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9590 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9592 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9593 &thread, &task, &rest);
9595 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9597 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9599 extra_string = rest;
9603 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9606 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9607 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9609 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9612 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9613 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9617 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9618 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9619 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9620 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9621 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9625 struct breakpoint *b;
9627 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9629 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9631 struct tracepoint *t;
9633 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9637 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9639 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9641 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9642 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9643 b->cond_string = NULL;
9646 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9649 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9650 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9652 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9654 b->extra_string = NULL;
9655 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9656 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9657 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9658 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9659 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9660 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9661 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9663 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9666 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9668 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9669 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9670 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9673 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9675 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9676 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9677 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9679 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9680 update_global_location_list (1);
9685 /* Set a breakpoint.
9686 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9687 condition, and thread.
9688 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9689 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9693 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9695 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9696 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9697 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9699 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9700 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9702 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9703 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9704 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9706 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9708 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9710 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9711 tempflag, type_wanted,
9712 0 /* Ignore count */,
9713 pending_break_support,
9721 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9724 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9728 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9730 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9731 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9732 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9735 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9736 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9737 if (sal->explicit_line)
9738 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9741 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9743 struct blockvector *bv;
9747 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9750 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9753 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9754 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9758 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9759 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9760 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9761 happen in assembly source). */
9763 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9764 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9766 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9768 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9770 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9772 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9779 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9781 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9785 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9787 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9791 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9793 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9797 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9799 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9803 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9805 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9806 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9807 stop at <line>\n"));
9811 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9815 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9817 else if (*arg != '*')
9822 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9823 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9824 function/method name. */
9825 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9827 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9832 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9834 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9838 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9840 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9844 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9848 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9855 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9856 it is probably a line number. */
9857 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9859 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9864 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9866 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9870 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9872 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9875 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9876 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9877 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9881 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9883 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9885 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9887 0 /* Ignore count */,
9888 pending_break_support,
9889 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9897 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9899 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9902 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9903 ranged breakpoints. */
9906 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9907 struct address_space *aspace,
9909 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9911 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9912 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9915 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9916 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9919 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9920 ranged breakpoints. */
9923 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9925 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9928 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9929 ranged breakpoints. */
9931 static enum print_stop_action
9932 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9934 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9935 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9936 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9938 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9940 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9941 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9943 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9944 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9945 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9947 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9948 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9950 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9951 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9952 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9954 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9955 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9957 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9960 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9961 ranged breakpoints. */
9964 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9965 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9967 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9968 struct value_print_options opts;
9969 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9971 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9972 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9974 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9976 if (opts.addressprint)
9977 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9978 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9979 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9981 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9985 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9986 ranged breakpoints. */
9989 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9990 struct ui_out *uiout)
9992 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9993 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9994 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9995 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9999 address_start = bl->address;
10000 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10003 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10004 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10005 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10006 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10007 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10009 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10012 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10013 ranged breakpoints. */
10016 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10018 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10019 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10022 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10024 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10027 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10028 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10029 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10032 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10033 ranged breakpoints. */
10036 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10038 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10039 b->addr_string_range_end);
10040 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10043 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10045 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10047 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10048 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10049 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10050 last instruction of the given line. */
10053 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10057 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10058 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10059 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10066 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10068 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10070 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10077 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10080 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10082 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10083 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10084 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10086 struct breakpoint *b;
10087 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10088 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10089 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10091 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10092 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10093 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10095 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10096 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10097 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10099 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10100 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10102 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10103 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10104 error(_("No address range specified."));
10106 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10109 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10111 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10114 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10115 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10116 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10118 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10120 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10121 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10122 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10124 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10125 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10126 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10128 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10129 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10131 /* Parse the end location. */
10133 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10136 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10137 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10138 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10139 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10140 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10141 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10142 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10143 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10145 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10147 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10148 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10150 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10151 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10152 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10153 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10155 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10156 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10157 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10159 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10160 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10161 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10163 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10165 /* Length overflowed. */
10166 error (_("Address range too large."));
10167 else if (length == 1)
10169 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10170 the `hbreak' command. */
10171 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10173 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10178 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10179 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10180 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10181 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10182 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10183 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10184 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10185 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10186 b->loc->length = length;
10188 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10191 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10192 update_global_location_list (1);
10195 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10196 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10197 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10201 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10203 int i = exp->nelts;
10209 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10210 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10213 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10223 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10224 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10225 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10226 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10227 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10229 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10257 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10260 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10261 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10266 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10267 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10268 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10269 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10270 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10271 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10272 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10274 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10275 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10280 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10282 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10283 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10284 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10285 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10287 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10288 are always constant. */
10290 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10292 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10293 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10294 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10299 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10300 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10301 then it is not a constant. */
10310 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10313 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10315 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10317 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10319 xfree (w->exp_string);
10320 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10321 value_free (w->val);
10323 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10326 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10329 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10331 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10333 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10334 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10336 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10337 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10338 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10339 are loaded and unloaded.
10341 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10342 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10343 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10344 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10345 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10346 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10348 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10349 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10350 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10351 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10353 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10354 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10356 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10357 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10358 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10361 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10364 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10366 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10367 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10369 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10373 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10376 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10378 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10379 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10381 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10386 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10387 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10388 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10390 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10391 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10393 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10394 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10395 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10396 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10397 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10398 (did not match the data address). */
10399 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10400 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10407 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10409 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10411 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10414 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10415 hardware watchpoints. */
10418 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10420 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10421 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10423 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10426 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10427 hardware watchpoints. */
10430 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10432 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10433 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10436 static enum print_stop_action
10437 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10439 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10440 struct breakpoint *b;
10441 const struct bp_location *bl;
10442 struct ui_file *stb;
10443 enum print_stop_action result;
10444 struct watchpoint *w;
10445 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10447 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10449 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10450 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10451 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10453 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10454 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10458 case bp_watchpoint:
10459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10460 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10461 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10462 ui_out_field_string
10464 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10466 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10468 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10469 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10471 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10472 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10473 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10474 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10475 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10478 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10479 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10480 ui_out_field_string
10482 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10484 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10485 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10486 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10487 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10488 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10489 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10492 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10493 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10495 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10496 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10497 ui_out_field_string
10499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10501 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10502 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10503 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10504 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10505 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10510 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10511 ui_out_field_string
10513 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10514 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10517 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10518 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10519 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10520 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10523 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10526 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10530 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10534 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10536 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10537 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10538 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10542 case bp_watchpoint:
10543 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10544 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10546 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10547 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10548 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10550 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10551 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10552 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10554 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10555 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10556 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10559 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10560 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10563 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10564 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10565 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10566 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10569 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10573 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10575 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10579 case bp_watchpoint:
10580 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10581 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10583 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10586 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10587 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10590 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10591 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10594 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10595 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10598 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10600 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10602 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10603 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10606 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10608 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10610 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10611 bl->watchpoint_type);
10614 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10615 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10618 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10620 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10622 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10623 bl->watchpoint_type);
10626 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10627 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10630 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10632 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10634 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10637 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10638 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10641 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10646 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10647 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10649 static enum print_stop_action
10650 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10652 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10653 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10655 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10656 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10660 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10661 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10663 ui_out_field_string
10665 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10668 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10669 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10670 ui_out_field_string
10672 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10675 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10676 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10677 ui_out_field_string
10679 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10682 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10683 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10687 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10688 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10689 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10690 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10692 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10693 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10696 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10697 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10700 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10701 struct ui_out *uiout)
10703 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10705 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10706 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10708 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10709 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10710 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10713 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10714 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10717 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10719 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10720 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10721 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10725 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10726 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10727 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10729 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10730 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10731 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10733 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10734 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10735 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10738 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10739 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10742 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10743 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10744 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10745 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10748 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10749 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10752 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10754 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10759 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10760 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10762 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10765 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10769 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10770 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10773 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10774 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10775 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10778 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10780 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10782 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10785 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10787 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10790 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10791 hw_read: watch read,
10792 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10794 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10795 int just_location, int internal)
10797 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10798 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10799 struct expression *exp;
10800 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10801 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10802 struct frame_info *frame;
10803 char *exp_start = NULL;
10804 char *exp_end = NULL;
10805 char *tok, *end_tok;
10807 char *cond_start = NULL;
10808 char *cond_end = NULL;
10809 enum bptype bp_type;
10812 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10813 the hardware watchpoint. */
10815 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10816 struct watchpoint *w;
10818 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10819 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10823 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10824 of the arguments string. */
10825 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10827 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10828 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10831 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10832 This is the value of the parameter. */
10833 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10835 value_start = tok + 1;
10837 /* Skip whitespace. */
10838 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10843 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10844 This is the parameter itself. */
10845 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10848 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10850 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10852 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10853 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10854 only in a specific thread. */
10858 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10860 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10861 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10863 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10865 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10866 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10868 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10869 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10870 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10872 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10874 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10875 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10877 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10880 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10882 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10884 mark = value_mark ();
10885 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10886 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10887 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10890 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10893 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10894 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10899 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10900 innermost_block = NULL;
10902 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10904 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10905 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10907 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10910 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10911 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10915 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10916 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10918 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10921 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10922 mark = value_mark ();
10923 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10929 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10930 val = value_addr (result);
10931 release_value (val);
10932 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10936 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10939 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10940 else if (ret == -2)
10941 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10944 else if (val != NULL)
10945 release_value (val);
10947 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10948 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10950 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10951 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10953 struct expression *cond;
10955 innermost_block = NULL;
10956 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10957 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10959 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10960 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10961 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10967 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10969 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10970 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10971 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10972 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10974 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10976 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10978 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10979 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10980 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10981 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10982 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10984 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10987 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10988 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10989 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10990 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10992 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10994 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10995 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10997 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10998 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11000 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11001 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11002 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11003 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11004 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11005 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11006 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11007 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11008 scope_breakpoint->type);
11012 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11014 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11017 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11018 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11020 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11021 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11022 b->thread = thread;
11023 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11024 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11026 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11027 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11030 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11031 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11034 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11035 name = type_to_string (t);
11037 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11038 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11041 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11042 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11044 /* The above expression is in C. */
11045 b->language = language_c;
11048 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11052 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11061 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11063 b->cond_string = 0;
11067 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11068 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11072 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11073 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11076 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11078 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11079 need to act on them together. */
11080 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11081 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11084 if (!just_location)
11085 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11087 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11089 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11090 that should be inserted. */
11091 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11095 delete_breakpoint (b);
11096 throw_exception (e);
11099 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11102 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11103 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11106 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11108 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11109 struct value *head = v;
11111 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11112 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11115 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11116 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11117 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11118 hardware watchpoint.
11120 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11121 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11122 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11123 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11124 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11125 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11126 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11127 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11128 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11130 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11131 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11132 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11133 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11134 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11136 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11138 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11139 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11140 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11141 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11142 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11143 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11147 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11148 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11149 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11151 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11152 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11153 middle of some value chain. */
11155 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11156 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11158 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11162 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11163 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11164 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11166 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11170 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11174 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11175 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11176 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11177 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11178 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11181 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11182 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11183 return found_memory_cnt;
11187 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11189 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11192 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11193 calls watch_command_1. */
11196 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11198 int just_location = 0;
11201 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11202 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11204 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11208 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11212 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11214 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11218 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11220 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11224 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11226 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11230 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11232 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11236 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11238 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11242 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11243 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11245 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11247 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11248 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11252 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11253 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11254 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11257 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11259 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11261 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11262 if (a->breakpoint2)
11263 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11264 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11268 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11270 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11271 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11272 struct frame_info *frame;
11273 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11274 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11275 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11276 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11277 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11278 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11280 struct thread_info *tp;
11282 clear_proceed_status ();
11284 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11287 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11288 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11289 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11290 get_last_displayed_line ());
11292 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11293 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11295 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11296 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11298 sal = sals.sals[0];
11299 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11302 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11304 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11306 tp = inferior_thread ();
11309 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11311 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11312 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11313 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11316 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11317 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11318 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11319 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11321 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11324 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11326 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11328 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11329 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11330 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11334 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11336 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11337 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11340 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11344 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11345 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11346 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11347 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11349 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11350 only at the very same frame. */
11351 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11352 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11353 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11355 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11357 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11358 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11359 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11360 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11362 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11364 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11365 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11367 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11368 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11369 args->thread_num = thread;
11371 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11372 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11373 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11377 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11380 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11381 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11383 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11384 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11385 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11386 if clause in the arg string. */
11389 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11393 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11396 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11399 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11400 condition string. */
11401 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11402 cond_string = *arg;
11404 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11406 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11408 return cond_string;
11411 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11412 process start/exit, etc. */
11416 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11417 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11422 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11423 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11425 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11426 char *cond_string = NULL;
11427 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11430 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11431 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11432 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11436 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11438 /* The allowed syntax is:
11440 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11442 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11443 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11445 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11446 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11448 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11449 and enable reporting of such events. */
11452 case catch_fork_temporary:
11453 case catch_fork_permanent:
11454 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11455 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11457 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11458 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11459 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11460 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11463 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11469 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11470 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11472 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11473 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11475 char *cond_string = NULL;
11477 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11481 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11483 /* The allowed syntax is:
11485 catch exec if <cond>
11487 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11488 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11490 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11491 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11493 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11494 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11495 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11496 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11498 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11501 static enum print_stop_action
11502 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11504 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11505 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11506 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11508 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11510 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11511 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11512 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11515 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11516 ui_out_text (uiout,
11517 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11519 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11520 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11521 ui_out_text (uiout,
11522 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11523 : " (exception caught), ");
11524 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11526 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11527 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11528 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11529 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11531 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11535 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11536 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11538 struct value_print_options opts;
11539 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11541 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11542 if (opts.addressprint)
11544 annotate_field (4);
11545 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11546 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11548 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11549 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11551 annotate_field (5);
11553 *last_loc = b->loc;
11554 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11556 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11557 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11558 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11562 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11563 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11564 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11569 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11571 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11575 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11576 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11577 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11578 : _("Catchpoint "));
11579 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11580 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11584 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11585 catch catchpoints. */
11588 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11589 struct ui_file *fp)
11594 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11595 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11596 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11598 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11601 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11604 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11605 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11607 char *trigger_func_name;
11609 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11610 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11612 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11614 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11615 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11616 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11617 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11619 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11620 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11628 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11631 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11632 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11634 char *cond_string = NULL;
11638 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11640 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11642 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11643 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11645 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11646 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11647 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11649 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11652 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11655 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11658 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11660 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11662 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11665 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11668 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11670 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11672 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11676 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11677 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11678 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11680 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11686 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11688 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11690 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11691 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11692 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11693 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11694 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11695 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11696 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11697 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11698 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11699 enough for now, though. */
11702 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11704 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11705 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11706 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11707 b->language = language_ada;
11710 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11711 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11713 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11715 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11716 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11718 while (*arg != '\0')
11720 int i, syscall_number;
11722 char cur_name[128];
11725 /* Skip whitespace. */
11726 while (isspace (*arg))
11729 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11730 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11731 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11734 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11735 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11736 if (*endptr == '\0')
11737 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11740 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11742 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11744 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11745 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11746 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11747 syscall number to be caught. */
11748 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11751 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11752 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11755 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11759 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11762 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11763 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11768 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11770 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11771 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11772 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11773 this architecture yet."));
11775 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11777 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11779 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11780 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11781 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11782 for his/her architecture. */
11783 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11785 /* The allowed syntax is:
11787 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11789 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11792 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11796 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11797 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11801 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11803 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11808 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11810 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11813 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11816 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11818 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11819 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11820 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11821 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11823 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11825 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11828 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11832 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11835 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11838 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11840 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11841 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11844 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11845 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11847 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11851 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11852 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11853 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11854 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11859 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11860 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11861 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11862 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11864 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11865 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11866 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11867 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11868 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11869 error (_("No source file specified."));
11871 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11877 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11878 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11879 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11880 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11882 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11883 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11884 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11885 due to optimization, all in one block.
11887 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11888 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11889 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11890 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11891 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11892 to support that. */
11894 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11895 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11896 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11900 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11901 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11905 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11906 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11907 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11910 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11915 1 0 <can't happen> */
11917 sal = sals.sals[i];
11918 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11920 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11924 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11925 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11927 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11928 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11930 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11931 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11932 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11934 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11935 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11936 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11937 || loc->section == sal.section));
11938 int line_match = 0;
11940 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11941 && loc->source_file != NULL
11942 && sal.symtab != NULL
11943 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11944 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11946 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11947 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11949 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11950 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11951 sal.symtab->filename))
11955 if (pc_match || line_match)
11964 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11968 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11969 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11972 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11974 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11977 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11978 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11979 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11980 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11981 compare_breakpoints);
11982 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11983 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11987 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11992 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11993 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11996 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11997 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11999 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12001 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
12003 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12006 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12007 delete_breakpoint (b);
12010 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12012 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12015 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12016 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12017 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12020 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12022 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12024 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12025 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12026 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12028 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12032 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12033 delete_breakpoint (b);
12037 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12038 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12039 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12040 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12041 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12042 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12045 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12047 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12048 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12049 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12050 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12051 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12053 if (a->address != b->address)
12054 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12056 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12057 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12060 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12061 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12062 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12064 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12065 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12066 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12068 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12069 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12070 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12072 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12073 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12074 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12076 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12079 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12080 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12081 content of the bp_location array. */
12084 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12086 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12088 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12089 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12091 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12093 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12095 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12098 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12099 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12101 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12102 addr = bl->address - start;
12103 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12104 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12106 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12108 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12109 addr = end - bl->address;
12110 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12111 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12115 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12118 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12120 struct breakpoint *b;
12121 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12123 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12126 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12128 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12130 struct bp_location *bl;
12131 struct tracepoint *t;
12132 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12134 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12135 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12136 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12139 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12141 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12142 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12143 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12144 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12147 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12149 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12152 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12154 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12155 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12156 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12157 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12160 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12163 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12166 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12168 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12169 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12170 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12171 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12173 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12174 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12175 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12176 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12177 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12179 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12180 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12181 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12182 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12183 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12184 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12185 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12186 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12189 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12190 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12191 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12195 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12197 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12198 struct bp_location *loc;
12199 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12202 address = bl->address;
12203 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12205 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12206 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12207 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12209 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12210 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12213 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12214 the same program space as the location
12215 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12216 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12217 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12221 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12222 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12225 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12226 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12227 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12228 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12229 that have already been marked. */
12230 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12232 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12234 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12236 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12237 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12242 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12243 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12244 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12245 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12246 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12247 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12248 returns true on them.
12250 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12251 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12252 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12253 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12254 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12255 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12258 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12260 struct breakpoint *b;
12261 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12262 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12263 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12264 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12265 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12266 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12268 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12269 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12270 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12271 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12272 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12274 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12275 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12276 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12277 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12279 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12280 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12281 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12282 unsigned old_location_count;
12284 old_location = bp_location;
12285 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12286 bp_location = NULL;
12287 bp_location_count = 0;
12288 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12291 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12292 bp_location_count++;
12294 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12295 locp = bp_location;
12296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12297 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12299 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12300 bp_location_compare);
12302 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12304 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12305 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12306 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12307 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12308 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12311 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12312 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12314 locp = bp_location;
12315 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12318 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12319 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12321 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12322 not, we have to free it. */
12323 int found_object = 0;
12324 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12325 int keep_in_target = 0;
12328 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12329 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12330 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12331 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12335 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12336 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12339 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12340 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12341 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12343 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12344 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12345 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12347 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12348 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12351 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12355 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12356 have to go through updates again. */
12357 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12359 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12361 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12363 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12364 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12365 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12366 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12367 at certain location is not inserted. */
12369 if (old_loc->inserted)
12371 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12374 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12376 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12377 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12378 keep_in_target = 1;
12382 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12383 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12384 remove its target-side condition. */
12386 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12387 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12388 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12389 this one from the target. */
12391 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12392 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12395 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12396 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12399 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12401 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12403 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12404 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12405 supported, but the latter are. */
12406 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12408 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12409 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12412 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12413 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12415 if (loc2 != old_loc
12416 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12418 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12419 keep_in_target = 1;
12427 if (!keep_in_target)
12429 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12431 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12432 this location on the global list, and try to
12433 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12434 reason why we will succeed next time.
12436 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12437 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12438 only after calling us. */
12439 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12440 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12441 old_loc->owner->number);
12449 if (removed && non_stop
12450 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12451 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12453 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12454 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12455 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12456 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12457 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12458 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12459 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12460 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12461 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12462 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12463 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12464 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12465 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12466 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12469 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12470 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12472 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12473 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12474 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12475 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12476 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12477 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12478 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12479 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12480 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12481 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12482 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12483 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12484 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12487 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12488 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12489 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12490 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12492 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12493 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12494 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12495 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12496 traps we can no longer explain. */
12498 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12499 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12501 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12505 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12506 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12511 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12512 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12513 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12514 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12515 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12516 are sorted first for the same address.
12518 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12519 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12521 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12522 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12523 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12524 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12525 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12527 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12529 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12532 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12533 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12534 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12535 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12536 `struct bp_location'. */
12537 || is_tracepoint (b))
12539 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12540 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12544 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12545 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12546 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12547 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12548 "actually inserted"));
12550 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12551 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12552 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12553 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12554 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12555 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12557 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12559 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12560 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12561 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12563 *loc_first_p = loc;
12564 loc->duplicate = 0;
12566 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12568 loc->needs_update = 1;
12569 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12570 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12576 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12577 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12578 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12580 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12581 loc->duplicate = 1;
12583 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12584 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12586 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12587 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12588 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12589 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12590 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12593 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12594 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12595 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12598 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12601 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12602 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12603 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12605 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12610 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12612 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12616 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12618 struct bp_location *loc;
12621 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12622 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12624 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12625 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12631 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12633 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12635 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12636 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12639 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12642 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12646 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12647 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12649 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12650 bs->old_val = NULL;
12651 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12655 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12657 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12659 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12661 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12665 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12669 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12671 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12672 struct value_print_options opts;
12674 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12676 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12678 if (b->loc == NULL)
12680 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12684 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12686 printf_filtered (" at ");
12687 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12690 if (b->loc->source_file)
12692 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12694 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12695 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12696 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12698 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12699 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12700 real situation somewhat. */
12701 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12706 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12708 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12710 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12715 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12718 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12720 xfree (self->cond);
12721 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12722 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12723 xfree (self->function_name);
12724 xfree (self->source_file);
12727 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12732 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12736 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12738 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12739 xfree (self->cond_string);
12740 xfree (self->addr_string);
12741 xfree (self->filter);
12742 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12745 static struct bp_location *
12746 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12748 struct bp_location *loc;
12750 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12751 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12756 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12758 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12761 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12762 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12765 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12767 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12771 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12773 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12777 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12778 struct address_space *aspace,
12780 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12782 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12786 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12791 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12795 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12797 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12800 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12804 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12806 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12809 static enum print_stop_action
12810 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12812 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12816 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12817 struct ui_out *uiout)
12823 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12825 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12829 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12831 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12835 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12836 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12837 enum bptype type_wanted,
12841 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12845 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12846 struct linespec_result *c,
12847 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12849 char *extra_string,
12850 enum bptype type_wanted,
12851 enum bpdisp disposition,
12853 int task, int ignore_count,
12854 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12855 int from_tty, int enabled,
12856 int internal, unsigned flags)
12858 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12862 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12863 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12865 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12868 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12870 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12871 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12872 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12873 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12874 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12875 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12876 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12877 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12878 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12879 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12881 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12882 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12883 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12884 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12885 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12886 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12889 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12892 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12894 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12895 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12897 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12898 delete_breakpoint (b);
12902 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12906 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12908 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12909 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12912 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12917 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12919 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12920 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12922 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12926 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12927 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12928 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12930 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12932 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12933 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12936 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12940 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12941 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12942 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12949 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12951 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12956 static enum print_stop_action
12957 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12959 struct breakpoint *b;
12960 const struct bp_location *bl;
12962 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12964 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12966 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12967 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12969 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12970 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12971 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12974 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12978 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12979 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12982 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12985 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12986 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12988 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12992 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12999 case bp_breakpoint:
13000 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13001 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13002 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13004 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13005 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13006 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13007 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13009 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13010 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13013 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13021 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13023 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13024 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13025 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13026 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13027 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13028 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13029 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13030 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13033 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13034 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13036 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13037 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13041 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13042 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13043 enum bptype type_wanted,
13044 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13046 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13047 addr_start, copy_arg);
13051 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13052 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13053 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13055 char *extra_string,
13056 enum bptype type_wanted,
13057 enum bpdisp disposition,
13059 int task, int ignore_count,
13060 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13061 int from_tty, int enabled,
13062 int internal, unsigned flags)
13064 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13065 cond_string, extra_string,
13067 disposition, thread, task,
13068 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13069 enabled, internal, flags);
13073 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13074 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13076 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13079 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13082 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13086 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13087 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13088 case bp_overlay_event:
13089 case bp_longjmp_master:
13090 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13091 case bp_exception_master:
13092 delete_breakpoint (b);
13095 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13096 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13097 case bp_shlib_event:
13099 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13100 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13101 case bp_thread_event:
13107 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13109 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13111 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13112 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13113 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13114 objects (among other things). */
13115 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13116 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13122 static enum print_stop_action
13123 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13125 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13126 struct breakpoint *b;
13128 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13132 case bp_shlib_event:
13133 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13134 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13135 to shlib event" message.) */
13136 print_solib_event (0);
13139 case bp_thread_event:
13140 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13141 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13142 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13145 case bp_overlay_event:
13146 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13147 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13150 case bp_longjmp_master:
13151 /* These should never be enabled. */
13152 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13155 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13156 /* These should never be enabled. */
13157 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13158 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13161 case bp_exception_master:
13162 /* These should never be enabled. */
13163 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13164 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13168 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13172 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13174 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13177 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13180 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13182 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13183 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13184 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13185 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13189 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13191 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13194 static enum print_stop_action
13195 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13197 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13199 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13201 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13206 ui_out_field_string
13208 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13212 ui_out_field_string
13214 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13219 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13223 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13225 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13228 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13230 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13231 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13234 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13236 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13239 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13241 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13244 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13247 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13249 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13253 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13255 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13262 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13264 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13265 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13267 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13271 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13272 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13273 enum bptype type_wanted,
13274 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13276 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13278 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13280 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13281 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13283 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13287 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13288 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13290 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13292 error (_("probe not found"));
13295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13298 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13300 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13304 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13305 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13306 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13308 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13314 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13315 struct ui_out *uiout)
13317 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13318 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13320 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13322 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13323 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13324 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13325 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13330 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13332 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13337 case bp_tracepoint:
13338 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13339 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13341 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13342 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13343 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13345 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13346 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13347 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13350 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13351 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13358 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13360 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13362 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13364 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13365 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13366 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13369 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13370 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13373 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13375 if (tp->pass_count)
13376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13380 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13381 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13382 enum bptype type_wanted,
13383 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13385 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13386 addr_start, copy_arg);
13390 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13391 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13392 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13394 char *extra_string,
13395 enum bptype type_wanted,
13396 enum bpdisp disposition,
13398 int task, int ignore_count,
13399 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13400 int from_tty, int enabled,
13401 int internal, unsigned flags)
13403 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13404 cond_string, extra_string,
13406 disposition, thread, task,
13407 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13408 enabled, internal, flags);
13412 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13413 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13415 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13418 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13420 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13424 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13425 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13426 enum bptype type_wanted,
13427 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13429 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13430 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13431 addr_start, copy_arg);
13435 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13436 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13438 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13439 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13442 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13444 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13448 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13449 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13450 enum bptype type_wanted,
13451 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13453 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13455 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13457 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13459 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13460 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13461 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13465 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13466 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13467 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13469 char *extra_string,
13470 enum bptype type_wanted,
13471 enum bpdisp disposition,
13473 int task, int ignore_count,
13474 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13475 int from_tty, int enabled,
13476 int internal, unsigned flags)
13480 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13481 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13482 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13483 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13484 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13485 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13487 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13489 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13490 struct tracepoint *tp;
13491 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13494 expanded.nelts = 1;
13495 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13497 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13498 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13500 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13501 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13503 cond_string, extra_string,
13504 type_wanted, disposition,
13505 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13506 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13507 canonical->special_display);
13508 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13509 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13510 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13511 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13512 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13513 corresponds to this one */
13514 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13516 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13518 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13523 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13524 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13526 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13528 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13529 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13531 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13535 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13538 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13541 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13543 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13546 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13550 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13552 struct breakpoint *b;
13554 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13556 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13557 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13560 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13561 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13562 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13563 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13564 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13567 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13568 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13569 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13570 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13572 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13575 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13576 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13577 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13579 struct breakpoint *related;
13580 struct watchpoint *w;
13582 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13583 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13584 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13585 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13589 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13591 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13592 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13593 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13594 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13595 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13598 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13599 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13600 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13601 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13603 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13605 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13606 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13609 if (b->next == bpt)
13611 b->next = bpt->next;
13615 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13617 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13618 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13619 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13620 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13621 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13622 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13623 commands won't work. */
13625 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13627 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13628 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13629 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13630 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13631 might be better design to have location completely
13632 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13633 update_global_location_list (0);
13635 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13636 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13637 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13638 bpt->type = bp_none;
13643 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13645 delete_breakpoint (b);
13649 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13651 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13654 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13655 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13658 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13659 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13663 struct breakpoint *related;
13668 struct breakpoint *next;
13670 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13671 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13673 if (next == related)
13675 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13676 function (related, data);
13678 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13679 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13684 function (related, data);
13688 while (related != b);
13692 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13694 delete_breakpoint (b);
13697 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13698 delete_breakpoint. */
13701 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13703 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13707 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13709 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13715 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13717 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13718 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13719 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13721 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13723 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13727 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13729 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13732 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13733 delete_breakpoint (b);
13737 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13741 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13743 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13744 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13745 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13750 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13751 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13752 Null names are ignored. */
13755 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13757 struct bp_location *l;
13758 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13759 (int (*) (const void *,
13760 const void *)) streq,
13761 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13763 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13766 const char *name = l->function_name;
13768 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13772 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13774 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13778 htab_delete (htab);
13784 htab_delete (htab);
13788 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13789 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13790 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13791 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13792 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13793 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13794 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13795 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13798 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13799 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13800 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13801 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13802 in the sources, and output a warning.
13804 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13805 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13806 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13807 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13808 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13811 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13812 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13813 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13814 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13815 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13816 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13817 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13818 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13819 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13821 static struct symtab_and_line
13822 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13824 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13825 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13830 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13832 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13834 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13835 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13837 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13839 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13840 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13841 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13846 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13848 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13850 && sal.symtab != NULL
13851 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13853 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13856 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13858 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13860 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13861 struct symbol *sym;
13862 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13863 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13865 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13867 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13868 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13870 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13871 "found at previous line number"),
13872 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13876 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13878 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13879 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13880 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13883 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13884 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13885 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13887 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13888 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13890 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13892 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13894 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13897 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13898 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13900 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13902 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13904 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13906 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13908 xfree (b->addr_string);
13909 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13910 sal2.symtab->filename,
13911 b->loc->line_number);
13913 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13916 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13922 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13923 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13926 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13930 if (a->address != b->address)
13933 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13936 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13943 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13949 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13950 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13951 a ranged breakpoint. */
13954 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13955 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13956 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13959 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13961 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13963 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13965 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13966 update_global_location_list (1);
13967 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13968 "multiple locations found\n"),
13973 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13974 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13975 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13976 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13977 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13978 individual locations. */
13979 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13984 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13986 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13988 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13990 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13992 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13994 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13997 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13999 s = b->cond_string;
14000 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14002 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14003 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14008 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14009 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14010 b->number, e.message);
14011 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14015 if (sals_end.nelts)
14017 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14019 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14023 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14024 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14025 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14027 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14030 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14031 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14032 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14033 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14034 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14035 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14036 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14038 for (; e; e = e->next)
14040 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14042 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14043 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14045 for (; l; l = l->next)
14046 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14054 for (; l; l = l->next)
14055 if (l->function_name
14056 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14066 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14067 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14069 update_global_location_list (1);
14072 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14073 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14075 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14076 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14079 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14080 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14082 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14085 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14087 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14091 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14092 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14093 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14094 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14095 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14096 state, then user already saw the message about that
14097 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14099 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14100 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14101 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14102 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14103 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14104 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14106 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14108 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14109 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14110 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14111 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14112 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14113 which approach is better. */
14114 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14115 throw_exception (e);
14119 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14123 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14124 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14125 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14127 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14130 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14131 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14134 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14135 b->thread = thread;
14138 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14139 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14142 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14143 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14153 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14154 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14158 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14161 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14162 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14163 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14165 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14168 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14172 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14174 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14177 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14178 expanded_end = sals_end;
14182 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14185 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14186 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14189 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14190 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14191 enum bptype type_wanted,
14192 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14194 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14197 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14198 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14202 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14203 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14204 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14206 char *extra_string,
14207 enum bptype type_wanted,
14208 enum bpdisp disposition,
14210 int task, int ignore_count,
14211 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14212 int from_tty, int enabled,
14213 int internal, unsigned flags)
14215 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14217 type_wanted, disposition,
14218 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14219 enabled, internal, flags);
14222 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14223 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14226 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14227 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14229 struct linespec_result canonical;
14231 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14232 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14233 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14234 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14237 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14238 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14240 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14242 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14244 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14245 *sals = lsal->sals;
14246 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14248 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14251 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14254 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14256 static struct cleanup *
14257 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14259 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14261 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14262 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14263 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14264 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14265 set_language (b->language);
14270 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14271 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14272 Unused in this case. */
14275 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14277 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14278 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14279 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14281 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14282 b->ops->re_set (b);
14283 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14287 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14289 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14291 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14292 enum language save_language;
14293 int save_input_radix;
14294 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14296 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14297 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14298 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14302 /* Format possible error msg. */
14303 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14305 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14306 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14307 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14309 set_language (save_language);
14310 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14312 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14314 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14316 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14317 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14318 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14319 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14322 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14324 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14325 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14327 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14329 if (b->thread != -1)
14331 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14332 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14334 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14335 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14336 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14338 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14342 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14343 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14344 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14347 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14349 struct breakpoint *b;
14354 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14355 if (b->number == bptnum)
14357 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14359 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14360 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14365 b->ignore_count = count;
14369 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14370 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14372 else if (count == 1)
14373 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14376 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14377 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14380 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14381 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14385 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14388 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14391 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14397 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14399 num = get_number (&p);
14401 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14403 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14405 set_ignore_count (num,
14406 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14409 printf_filtered ("\n");
14412 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14413 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14416 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14421 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14423 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14426 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14428 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14430 while (!state.finished)
14432 char *p = state.string;
14436 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14439 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14443 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14444 if (b->number == num)
14447 function (b, data);
14451 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14456 static struct bp_location *
14457 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14459 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14463 struct breakpoint *b;
14464 struct bp_location *loc;
14469 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14471 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14474 if (b->number == bp_num)
14479 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14480 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14483 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14485 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14489 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14492 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14498 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14499 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14500 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14503 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14505 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14506 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14507 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14508 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14511 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14512 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14515 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14517 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14518 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14520 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14521 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14523 struct bp_location *location;
14525 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14526 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14529 update_global_location_list (0);
14531 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14534 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14537 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14539 disable_breakpoint (b);
14542 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14543 disable_breakpoint. */
14546 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14548 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14552 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14556 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14559 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14560 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14562 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14564 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14570 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14572 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14573 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14574 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14575 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14577 update_global_location_list (0);
14580 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14584 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14587 int target_resources_ok;
14589 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14592 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14593 target_resources_ok =
14594 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14596 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14597 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14598 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14599 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14602 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14604 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14605 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14606 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14608 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14610 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14612 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14613 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14614 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14618 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14619 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14625 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14626 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14628 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14630 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14631 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14633 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14634 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14636 struct bp_location *location;
14638 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14639 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14642 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14643 bpt->enable_count = count;
14644 update_global_location_list (1);
14645 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14647 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14652 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14654 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14658 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14660 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14663 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14664 enable_breakpoint. */
14667 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14669 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14672 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14673 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14674 in stopping the inferior. */
14677 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14681 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14684 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14685 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14687 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14689 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14695 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14697 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14698 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14699 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14700 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14702 update_global_location_list (1);
14705 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14708 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14718 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14720 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14722 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14726 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14728 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14730 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14734 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14736 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14740 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14742 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14744 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14748 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14750 int count = get_number (&args);
14752 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14756 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14758 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14760 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14764 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14766 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14770 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14775 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14779 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14780 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14784 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14785 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14786 const bfd_byte *data)
14788 struct breakpoint *bp;
14790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14791 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14792 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14794 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14796 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14798 struct bp_location *loc;
14800 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14801 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14802 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14803 && addr + len > loc->address)
14805 value_free (wp->val);
14813 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14814 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14815 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14816 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14820 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14821 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14823 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14825 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14827 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14828 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14830 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14832 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14840 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14841 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14844 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14846 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14849 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14855 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14858 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14859 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14861 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14864 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14865 struct address_space *aspace,
14870 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14872 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14873 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14877 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14878 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14879 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14882 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14883 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14884 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14885 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14886 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14887 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14889 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14890 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14891 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14892 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14895 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14896 were inserted or not. */
14899 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14901 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14902 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14905 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14908 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14910 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14912 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14914 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14915 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14916 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14917 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14919 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14921 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14922 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14923 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14924 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14928 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14929 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14930 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14934 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14938 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14939 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14941 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14942 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14943 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14947 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14951 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14955 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14956 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14957 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14958 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14961 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14965 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14970 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14972 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14974 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14975 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14983 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14984 non-zero otherwise. */
14986 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14988 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14989 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14990 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14997 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14999 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15000 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15002 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15006 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15008 struct breakpoint *bp;
15010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15011 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15013 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15015 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15019 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15021 if (syscall_number == iter)
15031 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15032 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15033 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15034 char *text, char *word)
15036 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15037 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15038 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15044 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15046 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15048 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15050 tracepoint_count = num;
15051 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15055 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15057 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15058 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15060 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15061 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15063 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15065 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15067 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15069 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15070 0 /* Ignore count */,
15071 pending_break_support,
15075 0 /* internal */, 0);
15079 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15081 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15083 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15085 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15086 0 /* Ignore count */,
15087 pending_break_support,
15088 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15091 0 /* internal */, 0);
15094 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15097 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15099 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15101 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15102 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15103 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15104 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15106 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15108 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15110 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15112 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15113 0 /* Ignore count */,
15114 pending_break_support,
15118 0 /* internal */, 0);
15121 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15122 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15124 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15125 static int next_cmd;
15128 read_uploaded_action (void)
15132 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15139 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15140 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15141 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15142 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15143 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15145 struct tracepoint *
15146 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15148 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15149 struct tracepoint *tp;
15151 if (utp->at_string)
15152 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15155 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15156 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15157 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15159 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15160 "source location, using raw address"),
15162 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15163 addr_str = small_buf;
15166 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15167 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15168 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15169 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15172 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15174 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15175 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15177 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15178 0 /* Ignore count */,
15179 pending_break_support,
15180 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15182 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15184 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15187 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15188 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15189 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15193 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15196 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15199 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15200 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15201 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15203 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15205 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15210 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15212 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15214 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15215 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15216 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15217 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15220 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15221 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15222 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15227 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15231 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15233 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15236 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15238 if (num_printed == 0)
15240 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15241 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15243 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15246 default_collect_info ();
15249 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15250 Not supported by all targets. */
15252 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15254 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15257 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15258 Not supported by all targets. */
15260 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15262 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15265 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15267 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15269 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15275 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15277 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15278 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15279 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15281 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15282 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15284 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15288 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15290 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15293 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15294 delete_breakpoint (b);
15298 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15301 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15304 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15306 tp->pass_count = count;
15307 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15309 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15310 tp->base.number, count);
15313 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15315 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15316 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15317 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15320 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15322 struct tracepoint *t1;
15323 unsigned int count;
15325 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15326 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15327 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15329 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15331 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15334 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15336 struct breakpoint *b;
15338 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15340 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15342 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15344 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15345 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15348 else if (*args == '\0')
15350 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15352 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15356 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15358 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15359 while (!state.finished)
15361 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15363 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15368 struct tracepoint *
15369 get_tracepoint (int num)
15371 struct breakpoint *t;
15373 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15374 if (t->number == num)
15375 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15380 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15381 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15384 struct tracepoint *
15385 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15387 struct breakpoint *b;
15389 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15391 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15393 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15400 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15401 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15402 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15403 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15404 struct tracepoint *
15405 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15406 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15409 struct breakpoint *t;
15411 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15415 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15416 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15418 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15421 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15423 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15426 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15430 if (instring && *instring)
15431 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15434 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15435 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15439 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15440 if (t->number == tpnum)
15442 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15445 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15450 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15452 if (b->thread != -1)
15453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15456 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15461 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15462 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15463 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15467 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15468 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15470 struct breakpoint *tp;
15473 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15474 struct ui_file *fp;
15475 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15477 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15478 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15480 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15481 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15483 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15484 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15487 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15488 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15493 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15495 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15497 /* We can stop searching. */
15504 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15508 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15509 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15510 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15512 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15513 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15514 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15516 if (extra_trace_bits)
15517 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15519 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15521 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15522 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15525 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15526 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15529 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15531 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15532 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15535 if (tp->cond_string)
15536 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15538 if (tp->ignore_count)
15539 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15543 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15545 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15547 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15548 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15550 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15552 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15555 throw_exception (ex);
15557 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15560 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15561 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15563 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15564 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15565 special, and not user visible. */
15566 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15568 struct bp_location *loc;
15571 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15577 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15580 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15582 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15585 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15588 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15590 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15593 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15596 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15598 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15601 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15603 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15604 all_tracepoints (void)
15606 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15607 struct breakpoint *tp;
15609 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15611 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15618 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15619 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15620 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15622 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15623 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15624 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15625 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15626 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15627 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15628 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15629 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15630 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15631 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15632 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15634 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15635 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15637 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15638 conditions are different.\n\
15640 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15642 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15643 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15645 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15646 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15649 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15650 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15651 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15652 completer_ftype *completer,
15653 void *user_data_catch,
15654 void *user_data_tcatch)
15656 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15658 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15660 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15661 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15662 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15664 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15666 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15667 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15668 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15672 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15674 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15675 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15677 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15678 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15679 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15683 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15685 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15686 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15687 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15690 struct breakpoint *
15691 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15694 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15698 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15705 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15706 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15709 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15711 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15712 non-inline function. */
15713 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15719 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15720 have been inlined. */
15723 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15724 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15726 struct breakpoint *b;
15727 struct bp_location *bl;
15729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15731 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15734 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15736 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15737 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15746 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15748 static int initialized = 0;
15750 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15756 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15757 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15758 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15759 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15760 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15761 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15762 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15763 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15764 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15765 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15766 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15767 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15769 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15770 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15771 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15772 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15773 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15774 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15775 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15776 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15778 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15779 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15780 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15781 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15782 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15783 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15784 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15785 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15786 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15787 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15789 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15790 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15791 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15792 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15793 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15794 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15795 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15797 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15798 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15799 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15800 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15801 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15802 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15803 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15805 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15806 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15807 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15808 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15810 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15811 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15812 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15813 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15814 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15815 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15816 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15818 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15819 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15820 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15821 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15822 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15823 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15824 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15827 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15828 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15829 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15830 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15831 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15832 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15833 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15834 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15835 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15836 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15837 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15838 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15839 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15841 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15842 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15843 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15844 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15845 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15846 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15847 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15848 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15849 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15850 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15851 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15854 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15855 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15856 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15857 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15858 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15859 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15860 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15861 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15862 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15863 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15865 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15866 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15867 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15868 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15869 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15871 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15872 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15873 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15874 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15875 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15876 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15878 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15879 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15880 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15881 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15882 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15883 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15884 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15885 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15886 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15887 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15889 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15890 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15891 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15892 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15893 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15894 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15895 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15896 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15897 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15898 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15900 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15901 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15902 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15903 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15904 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15905 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15906 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15907 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15908 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15909 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15910 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15912 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15913 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15914 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15915 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15916 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15917 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15918 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15919 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15920 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15921 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15922 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15924 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15925 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15926 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15927 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15928 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15929 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15930 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15931 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15932 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15933 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15934 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15935 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15937 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15938 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15939 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15940 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15941 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15942 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15943 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15946 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15948 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15951 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15953 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15955 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15957 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15958 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15959 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15961 breakpoint_objfile_key
15962 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15964 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15965 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15966 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15968 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15969 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15970 before a breakpoint is set. */
15971 breakpoint_count = 0;
15973 tracepoint_count = 0;
15975 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15976 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15977 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15979 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15981 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15982 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15983 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15984 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15985 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15986 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15987 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15988 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15990 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15991 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15992 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15993 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15994 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15996 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15997 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15998 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15999 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16000 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16002 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16003 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16005 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16006 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16007 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16008 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16010 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16011 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16013 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16014 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16015 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16016 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16018 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16019 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16021 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16022 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16023 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16024 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16025 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16026 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16027 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16029 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16030 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16031 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16032 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16033 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16034 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16036 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16038 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16039 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16040 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16041 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16042 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16043 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16045 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16046 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16047 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16050 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16051 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16052 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16055 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16056 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16057 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16058 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16061 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16062 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16063 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16066 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16067 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16068 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16071 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16072 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16073 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16074 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16077 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16078 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16080 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16081 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16082 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16083 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16084 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16086 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16087 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16088 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16089 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16090 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16092 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16093 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16094 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16095 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16096 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16097 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16100 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16101 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16102 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16103 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16105 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16106 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16107 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16108 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16109 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16111 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16112 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16113 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16114 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16116 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16117 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16118 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16119 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16120 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16123 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16124 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16125 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16126 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16127 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16128 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16130 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16131 is executing in.\n\
16133 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16134 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16136 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16137 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16138 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16139 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16141 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16142 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16143 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16144 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16147 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16151 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16152 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16153 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16154 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16155 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16156 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16157 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16158 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16159 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16160 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16161 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16162 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16163 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16164 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16165 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16166 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16168 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16169 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16170 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16171 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16172 breakpoint set."));
16175 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16176 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16177 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16178 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16179 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16180 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16181 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16182 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16183 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16185 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16186 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16187 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16188 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16189 breakpoint set."));
16191 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16194 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16195 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16196 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16197 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16198 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16199 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16200 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16201 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16202 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16204 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16205 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16206 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16207 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16208 breakpoint set."));
16210 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16211 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16212 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16213 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16214 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16215 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16216 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16217 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16218 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16219 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16220 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16221 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16222 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16224 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16225 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16226 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16227 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16229 &maintenanceinfolist);
16231 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16232 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16233 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16234 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16236 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16237 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16238 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16239 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16241 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16242 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16243 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16244 catch_catch_command,
16248 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16249 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16250 catch_throw_command,
16254 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16255 catch_fork_command_1,
16257 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16258 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16259 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16260 catch_fork_command_1,
16262 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16263 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16264 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16265 catch_exec_command_1,
16269 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16270 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16271 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16272 catch_load_command_1,
16276 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16277 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16278 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16279 catch_unload_command_1,
16283 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16284 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16285 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16286 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16287 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16288 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16289 catch_syscall_command_1,
16290 catch_syscall_completer,
16294 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16295 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16296 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16297 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16298 an expression changes.\n\
16299 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16300 the memory to which it refers."));
16301 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16303 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16304 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16305 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16306 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16307 an expression is read.\n\
16308 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16309 the memory to which it refers."));
16310 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16312 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16313 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16314 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16315 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16316 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16317 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16318 the memory to which it refers."));
16319 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16321 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16322 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16324 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16325 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16326 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16327 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16328 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16329 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16330 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16331 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16332 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16335 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16336 &setlist, &showlist);
16338 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16340 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16342 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16343 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16345 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16346 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16347 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16349 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16350 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16351 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16352 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16354 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16355 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16357 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16358 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16359 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16361 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16362 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16364 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16365 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16366 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16367 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16368 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16369 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16370 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16371 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16372 the selected stack frame.\n\
16373 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16374 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16375 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16376 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16378 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16380 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16381 conditions are different.\n\
16383 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16384 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16385 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16387 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16388 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16389 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16390 last tracepoint set."));
16392 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16394 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16395 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16396 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16397 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16399 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16401 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16402 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16403 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16404 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16406 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16408 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16409 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16410 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16411 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16413 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16415 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16416 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16417 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16418 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16419 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16421 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16422 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16423 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16424 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16426 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16427 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16428 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16429 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16430 session to restore them."),
16432 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16434 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16435 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16436 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16438 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16440 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16441 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16443 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16444 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16445 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16446 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16447 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16448 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16449 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16450 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16451 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16452 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16453 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16454 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16456 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16457 &pending_break_support, _("\
16458 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16459 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16460 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16461 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16462 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16463 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16465 show_pending_break_support,
16466 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16467 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16469 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16471 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16472 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16473 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16474 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16475 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16476 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16477 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16479 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16480 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16481 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16483 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16484 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16485 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16486 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16487 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16488 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16489 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16490 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16491 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16492 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16493 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16494 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16496 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16497 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16498 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16500 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16501 condition_evaluation_enums,
16502 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16503 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16504 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16505 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16506 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16507 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16508 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16509 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16510 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16511 be set to \"gdb\""),
16512 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16513 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16514 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16515 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16517 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16518 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16519 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16520 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16521 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16522 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16523 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16524 or the start of the range\n\
16525 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16526 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16527 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16529 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16530 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16531 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16533 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16534 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16535 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16536 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16537 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16538 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16540 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16542 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16543 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16544 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16545 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16546 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16547 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16548 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16549 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16550 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16551 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16552 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16553 &setlist, &showlist);
16555 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16556 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16557 &dprintf_function, _("\
16558 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16559 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16560 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16561 &setlist, &showlist);
16563 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16564 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16565 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16566 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16567 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16568 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16569 &setlist, &showlist);
16571 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16572 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16573 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16574 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16575 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16576 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16579 &setlist, &showlist);
16581 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16582 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16583 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16585 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16587 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);